From 43d07a285181e64c30d98d10ff93ef50391efe59 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Dechesne Date: Mon, 5 Oct 2020 16:30:32 +0200 Subject: sphinx: remove DocBook files The Yocto Project documentation was migrated to Sphinx. Let's remove the deprecated DocBook files. (From yocto-docs rev: 28fb0e63b2fbfd6426b00498bf2682bb53fdd862) Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dechesne Signed-off-by: Richard Purdie --- documentation/ref-manual/ref-variables.xml | 16877 --------------------------- 1 file changed, 16877 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 documentation/ref-manual/ref-variables.xml (limited to 'documentation/ref-manual/ref-variables.xml') diff --git a/documentation/ref-manual/ref-variables.xml b/documentation/ref-manual/ref-variables.xml deleted file mode 100644 index a5064807e5..0000000000 --- a/documentation/ref-manual/ref-variables.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16877 +0,0 @@ - %poky; ] > - - - - - -Variables Glossary - - - This chapter lists common variables used in the OpenEmbedded build system and gives an overview - of their function and contents. - - - - - - - A - B - C - D - E - F - G - H - I - - K - L - M - N - O - P - - R - S - T - U - V - W - X - - - - - A - - ABIEXTENSION - - ABIEXTENSION[doc] = "Extension to the Application Binary Interface (ABI) field of the GNU canonical architecture name (e.g. "eabi")." - - - - Extension to the Application Binary Interface (ABI) - field of the GNU canonical architecture name - (e.g. "eabi"). - - - - ABI extensions are set in the machine include files. - For example, the - meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc - file sets the following extension: - - ABIEXTENSION = "eabi" - - - - - - ALLOW_EMPTY - - ALLOW_EMPTY[doc] = "Specifies whether to produce an output package even if it is empty." - - - - Specifies whether to produce an output package even if it is - empty. - By default, BitBake does not produce empty packages. - This default behavior can cause issues when there is an - RDEPENDS or - some other hard runtime requirement on the existence of the package. - - - - Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in - conjunction with a package name override, as in: - - ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN} = "1" - ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-dev = "1" - ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-staticdev = "1" - - - - - - ALTERNATIVE - - ALTERNATIVE[doc] = "Lists commands in a package that need an alternative binary naming scheme." - - - - Lists commands in a package that need an alternative - binary naming scheme. - Sometimes the same command is provided in multiple packages. - When this occurs, the OpenEmbedded build system needs to - use the alternatives system to create a different binary - naming scheme so the commands can co-exist. - - - - To use the variable, list out the package's commands - that also exist as part of another package. - For example, if the busybox package - has four commands that also exist as part of another - package, you identify them as follows: - - ALTERNATIVE_busybox = "sh sed test bracket" - - For more information on the alternatives system, see the - "update-alternatives.bbclass" - section. - - - - - ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME - - ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME[doc] = "Used by the alternatives system to map duplicated commands to actual locations." - - - - Used by the alternatives system to map duplicated commands - to actual locations. - For example, if the bracket command - provided by the busybox package is - duplicated through another package, you must use the - ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME variable to - specify the actual location: - - ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME[bracket] = "/usr/bin/[" - - - - - In this example, the binary for the - bracket command (i.e. - [) from the - busybox package resides in - /usr/bin/. - - If ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME is not - defined, it defaults to - ${bindir}/name. - - - - - For more information on the alternatives system, see the - "update-alternatives.bbclass" - section. - - - - - ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY - - ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY[doc] = "Used by the alternatives system to create default priorities for duplicated commands." - - - - Used by the alternatives system to create default - priorities for duplicated commands. - You can use the variable to create a single default - regardless of the command name or package, a default for - specific duplicated commands regardless of the package, or - a default for specific commands tied to particular packages. - Here are the available syntax forms: - - ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY = "priority" - ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY[name] = "priority" - ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY_pkg[name] = "priority" - - - - - For more information on the alternatives system, see the - "update-alternatives.bbclass" - section. - - - - - ALTERNATIVE_TARGET - - ALTERNATIVE_TARGET[doc] = "Used by the alternatives system to create default link locations for duplicated commands." - - - - Used by the alternatives system to create default link - locations for duplicated commands. - You can use the variable to create a single default - location for all duplicated commands regardless of the - command name or package, a default for - specific duplicated commands regardless of the package, or - a default for specific commands tied to particular packages. - Here are the available syntax forms: - - ALTERNATIVE_TARGET = "target" - ALTERNATIVE_TARGET[name] = "target" - ALTERNATIVE_TARGET_pkg[name] = "target" - - - - If ALTERNATIVE_TARGET is not - defined, it inherits the value from the - ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME - variable. - - - - If ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME and - ALTERNATIVE_TARGET are the - same, the target for - ALTERNATIVE_TARGET - has ".{BPN}" appended to it. - - - - Finally, if the file referenced has not been - renamed, the alternatives system will rename it to - avoid the need to rename alternative files in the - do_install - task while - retaining support for the command if necessary. - - - - - - For more information on the alternatives system, see the - "update-alternatives.bbclass" - section. - - - - - APPEND - - APPEND[doc] = "An override list of append strings for target specified using LABELS." - - - - An override list of append strings for each target - specified with - LABELS. - - - - See the - grub-efi - class for more information on how this variable is used. - - - - - AR - - AR[doc] = "Minimal command and arguments to run 'ar'." - - - - The minimal command and arguments used to run - ar. - - - - - ARCHIVER_MODE - - ARCHIVER_MODE[doc] = "Controls archive creation used when releasing source files." - - - - When used with the - archiver - class, determines the type of information used to create - a released archive. - You can use this variable to create archives of patched - source, original source, configured source, and so forth - by employing the following variable flags (varflags): - - ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "original" # Uses original (unpacked) source - # files. - - ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "patched" # Uses patched source files. This is - # the default. - - ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "configured" # Uses configured source files. - - ARCHIVER_MODE[diff] = "1" # Uses patches between do_unpack and - # do_patch. - - ARCHIVER_MODE[diff-exclude] ?= "file file ..." # Lists files and directories to - # exclude from diff. - - ARCHIVER_MODE[dumpdata] = "1" # Uses environment data. - - ARCHIVER_MODE[recipe] = "1" # Uses recipe and include files. - - ARCHIVER_MODE[srpm] = "1" # Uses RPM package files. - - For information on how the variable works, see the - meta/classes/archiver.bbclass file - in the - Source Directory. - - - - - AS - - AS[doc] = "Minimal command and arguments to run the assembler." - - - - Minimal command and arguments needed to run the - assembler. - - - - - ASSUME_PROVIDED - - ASSUME_PROVIDED[doc] = "Lists recipe names (PN values) BitBake does not attempt to build." - - - - Lists recipe names - (PN - values) BitBake does not attempt to build. - Instead, BitBake assumes these recipes have already been - built. - - - - In OpenEmbedded-Core, ASSUME_PROVIDED - mostly specifies native tools that should not be built. - An example is git-native, which when - specified, allows for the Git binary from the host to be - used rather than building git-native. - - - - - ASSUME_SHLIBS - - ASSUME_SHLIBS[doc] = "Provides additional shlibs provider mapping information, which adds to or overwrites the information provided automatically by the system." - - - - Provides additional shlibs provider - mapping information, which adds to or overwrites the - information provided automatically by the system. - Separate multiple entries using spaces. - - - - As an example, use the following form to add an - shlib provider of - shlibname in - packagename with the optional - version: - - shlibname:packagename[_version] - - - - - Here is an example that adds a shared library named - libEGL.so.1 as being provided by - the libegl-implementation package: - - ASSUME_SHLIBS = "libEGL.so.1:libegl-implementation" - - - - - - AUTHOR - - AUTHOR[doc] = "Email address used to contact the original author or authors in order to send patches and forward bugs." - - - - The email address used to contact the original author - or authors in order to send patches and forward bugs. - - - - - AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS - - AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS[doc] = "Specifies which packages should be checked for libraries and renamed according to Debian library package naming." - - - - When the - debian - class is inherited, which is the default behavior, - AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS specifies which - packages should be checked for libraries and renamed - according to Debian library package naming. - - - - The default value is "${PACKAGES}", which causes the - debian class to act on all packages that are - explicitly generated by the recipe. - - - - - AUTO_SYSLINUXMENU - - AUTO_SYSLINUXMENU[doc] = "Enables creating an automatic menu for the syslinux bootloader." - - - - Enables creating an automatic menu for the syslinux - bootloader. - You must set this variable in your recipe. - The - syslinux - class checks this variable. - - - - - AUTOREV - - AUTOREV[doc] = "When SRCREV is set to the value of this variable, it specifies to use the latest source revision in the repository." - - - - When - SRCREV - is set to the value of this variable, it specifies to use - the latest source revision in the repository. - Here is an example: - - SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}" - - - - - If you use the previous statement to retrieve the latest - version of software, you need to be sure - PV - contains - ${SRCPV}. - For example, suppose you have a kernel recipe that - inherits the - kernel class - and you use the previous statement. - In this example, ${SRCPV} does not - automatically get into PV. - Consequently, you need to change PV - in your recipe so that it does contain - ${SRCPV}. - - - - For more information see the - "Automatically Incrementing a Binary Package Revision Number" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - AVAILABLE_LICENSES - - AVAILABLE_LICENSES[doc] = "List of licenses found in the directories specified by COMMON_LICENSE_DIR and LICENSE_PATH." - - - - - List of licenses found in the directories specified - by COMMON_LICENSE_DIR - and LICENSE_PATH. - - - It is assumed that all changes - to COMMON_LICENSE_DIR - and LICENSE_PATH have been done - before AVAILABLE_LICENSES is - defined - (in license.bbclass). - - - - - - AVAILTUNES - - AVAILTUNES[doc] = "The list of defined CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) tunings (i.e. "tunes") available for use by the OpenEmbedded build system." - - - - The list of defined CPU and Application Binary Interface - (ABI) tunings (i.e. "tunes") available for use by the - OpenEmbedded build system. - - - - The list simply presents the tunes that are available. - Not all tunes may be compatible with a particular - machine configuration, or with each other in a - Multilib - configuration. - - - - To add a tune to the list, be sure to append it with - spaces using the "+=" BitBake operator. - Do not simply replace the list by using the "=" operator. - See the - "Basic Syntax" - section in the BitBake User Manual for more information. - - - - - - - B - - B - - B[doc] = "The Build Directory. The OpenEmbedded build system places generated objects into the Build Directory during a recipe's build process." - - - - The directory within the - Build Directory - in which the OpenEmbedded build system places generated - objects during a recipe's build process. - By default, this directory is the same as the S - directory, which is defined as: - - S = "${WORKDIR}/${BP}" - - - - - You can separate the (S) directory - and the directory pointed to by the B - variable. - Most Autotools-based recipes support separating these - directories. - The build system defaults to using separate directories for - gcc and some kernel recipes. - - - - - BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS - - BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS[doc] = "A list of packages not to install despite being recommended by a recipe. Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK packaging backend." - - - - Lists "recommended-only" packages to not install. - Recommended-only packages are packages installed only - through the - RRECOMMENDS - variable. - You can prevent any of these "recommended" packages from - being installed by listing them with the - BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS variable: - - BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS = "package_name package_name package_name ..." - - - - - You can set this variable globally in your - local.conf file or you can attach it to - a specific image recipe by using the recipe name override: - - BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "package_name" - - - - - It is important to realize that if you choose to not install - packages using this variable and some other packages are - dependent on them (i.e. listed in a recipe's - RDEPENDS - variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your - request and will install the packages to avoid dependency - errors. - - - - Support for this variable exists only when using the - IPK and RPM packaging backend. - Support does not exist for DEB. - - - - See the - NO_RECOMMENDATIONS - and the - PACKAGE_EXCLUDE - variables for related information. - - - - - BASE_LIB - - BASE_LIB[doc] = "The library directory name for the CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tune." - - - - The library directory name for the CPU or Application - Binary Interface (ABI) tune. - The BASE_LIB applies only in the - Multilib context. - See the - "Combining Multiple Versions of Library Files into One Image" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for - information on Multilib. - - - - The BASE_LIB variable is defined in - the machine include files in the - Source Directory. - If Multilib is not being used, the value defaults to "lib". - - - - - BASE_WORKDIR - - BASE_WORKDIR[doc] = "Points to the base of the work directory for all recipes." - - - - Points to the base of the work directory for all recipes. - The default value is "${TMPDIR}/work". - - - - - BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS - - BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS[doc] = "A list of hosts that the fetcher is allowed to use to obtain the required source code." - - - - Specifies a space-delimited list of hosts that the fetcher - is allowed to use to obtain the required source code. - Following are considerations surrounding this variable: - - - This host list is only used if - BB_NO_NETWORK is either not - set or set to "0". - - - Limited support for wildcard matching against the - beginning of host names exists. - For example, the following setting matches - git.gnu.org, - ftp.gnu.org, and - foo.git.gnu.org. - - BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS = "*.gnu.org" - - Important - The use of the "*" - character only works at the beginning of - a host name and it must be isolated from - the remainder of the host name. - You cannot use the wildcard character in any - other location of the name or combined with - the front part of the name. - - For example, - *.foo.bar is supported, - while *aa.foo.bar is not. - - - - - Mirrors not in the host list are skipped and - logged in debug. - - - Attempts to access networks not in the host list - cause a failure. - - - Using BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS in - conjunction with - PREMIRRORS - is very useful. - Adding the host you want to use to - PREMIRRORS results in the source code - being fetched from an allowed location and avoids raising - an error when a host that is not allowed is in a - SRC_URI - statement. - This is because the fetcher does not attempt to use the - host listed in SRC_URI after a - successful fetch from the - PREMIRRORS occurs. - - - - - BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY - - BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY[doc] = "Defines how BitBake handles situations where an append file (.bbappend) has no corresponding recipe file (.bb)." - - - - Defines how BitBake handles situations where an append - file (.bbappend) has no - corresponding recipe file (.bb). - This condition often occurs when layers get out of sync - (e.g. oe-core bumps a - recipe version and the old recipe no longer exists and the - other layer has not been updated to the new version - of the recipe yet). - - - - The default fatal behavior is safest because it is - the sane reaction given something is out of sync. - It is important to realize when your changes are no longer - being applied. - - - - You can change the default behavior by setting this - variable to "1", "yes", or "true" - in your local.conf file, which is - located in the - Build Directory: - Here is an example: - - BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY = "1" - - - - - - BB_DISKMON_DIRS - - BB_DISKMON_DIRS[doc] = "Monitors disk space and available inodes during the build and allows you to control the build based on these parameters." - - - - Monitors disk space and available inodes during the build - and allows you to control the build based on these - parameters. - - - - Disk space monitoring is disabled by default. - To enable monitoring, add the BB_DISKMON_DIRS - variable to your conf/local.conf file found in the - Build Directory. - Use the following form: - - BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "action,dir,threshold [...]" - - where: - - action is: - ABORT: Immediately abort the build when - a threshold is broken. - STOPTASKS: Stop the build after the currently - executing tasks have finished when - a threshold is broken. - WARN: Issue a warning but continue the - build when a threshold is broken. - Subsequent warnings are issued as - defined by the BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL - variable, which must be defined in - the conf/local.conf file. - - dir is: - Any directory you choose. You can specify one or - more directories to monitor by separating the - groupings with a space. If two directories are - on the same device, only the first directory - is monitored. - - threshold is: - Either the minimum available disk space, - the minimum number of free inodes, or - both. You must specify at least one. To - omit one or the other, simply omit the value. - Specify the threshold using G, M, K for Gbytes, - Mbytes, and Kbytes, respectively. If you do - not specify G, M, or K, Kbytes is assumed by - default. Do not use GB, MB, or KB. - - - - - Here are some examples: - - BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},1G,100K WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" - BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "STOPTASKS,${TMPDIR},1G" - BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},,100K" - - The first example works only if you also provide - the BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL variable - in the conf/local.conf. - This example causes the build system to immediately - abort when either the disk space in ${TMPDIR} drops - below 1 Gbyte or the available free inodes drops below - 100 Kbytes. - Because two directories are provided with the variable, the - build system also issue a - warning when the disk space in the - ${SSTATE_DIR} directory drops - below 1 Gbyte or the number of free inodes drops - below 100 Kbytes. - Subsequent warnings are issued during intervals as - defined by the BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL - variable. - - - - The second example stops the build after all currently - executing tasks complete when the minimum disk space - in the ${TMPDIR} - directory drops below 1 Gbyte. - No disk monitoring occurs for the free inodes in this case. - - - - The final example immediately aborts the build when the - number of free inodes in the ${TMPDIR} directory - drops below 100 Kbytes. - No disk space monitoring for the directory itself occurs - in this case. - - - - - BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL - - BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL[doc] = "Defines the disk space and free inode warning intervals. To set these intervals, define the variable in the conf/local.conf file in the Build Directory." - - - - Defines the disk space and free inode warning intervals. - To set these intervals, define the variable in your - conf/local.conf file in the - Build Directory. - - - - If you are going to use the - BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL variable, you must - also use the - BB_DISKMON_DIRS variable - and define its action as "WARN". - During the build, subsequent warnings are issued each time - disk space or number of free inodes further reduces by - the respective interval. - - - - If you do not provide a BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL - variable and you do use BB_DISKMON_DIRS with - the "WARN" action, the disk monitoring interval defaults to - the following: - - BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" - - - - - When specifying the variable in your configuration file, - use the following form: - - BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "disk_space_interval,disk_inode_interval" - - where: - - disk_space_interval is: - An interval of memory expressed in either - G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, - respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. - - disk_inode_interval is: - An interval of free inodes expressed in either - G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, - respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. - - - - - Here is an example: - - BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" - BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" - - These variables cause the OpenEmbedded build system to - issue subsequent warnings each time the available - disk space further reduces by 50 Mbytes or the number - of free inodes further reduces by 5 Kbytes in the - ${SSTATE_DIR} directory. - Subsequent warnings based on the interval occur each time - a respective interval is reached beyond the initial warning - (i.e. 1 Gbytes and 100 Kbytes). - - - - - BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS - - BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS[doc] = "Causes tarballs of the source control repositories to be placed in the DL_DIR directory." - - - - Causes tarballs of the source control repositories - (e.g. Git repositories), including metadata, to be placed - in the - DL_DIR - directory. - - - - For performance reasons, creating and placing tarballs of - these repositories is not the default action by the - OpenEmbedded build system. - - BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1" - - Set this variable in your local.conf - file in the - Build Directory. - - - - Once you have the tarballs containing your source files, - you can clean up your DL_DIR - directory by deleting any Git or other source control - work directories. - - - - - BB_NUMBER_THREADS - - BB_NUMBER_THREADS[doc] = "The maximum number of tasks BitBake should run in parallel at any one time. This variable is automatically configured to be equal to the number of build system cores." - - - - The maximum number of tasks BitBake should run in parallel - at any one time. - The OpenEmbedded build system automatically configures - this variable to be equal to the number of cores on the - build system. - For example, a system with a dual core processor that - also uses hyper-threading causes the - BB_NUMBER_THREADS variable to default - to "4". - - - - For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not - have to override this variable to gain optimal parallelism - during builds. - However, if you have very large systems that employ - multiple physical CPUs, you might want to make sure the - BB_NUMBER_THREADS variable is not - set higher than "20". - - - - For more information on speeding up builds, see the - "Speeding Up a Build" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT - - BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT [doc] = "Specifies the time (in seconds) after which to unload the BitBake server due to inactivity." - - - - Specifies the time (in seconds) after which to unload the - BitBake server due to inactivity. - Set BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT to determine how - long the BitBake server stays resident between invocations. - - - - For example, the following statement in your - local.conf file instructs the server - to be unloaded after 20 seconds of inactivity: - - BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT = "20" - - If you want the server to never be unloaded, set - BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT to "-1". - - - - - BBCLASSEXTEND - - BBCLASSEXTEND[doc] = "Allows you to extend a recipe so that it builds variants of the software. Common variants for recipes are 'native', 'cross', 'nativesdk', and multilibs." - - - - Allows you to extend a recipe so that it builds variants of the software. - Common variants for recipes exist such as "natives" like quilt-native, - which is a copy of Quilt built to run on the build system; - "crosses" such as gcc-cross, - which is a compiler built to run on the build machine but produces binaries - that run on the target MACHINE; - "nativesdk", which targets the SDK machine instead of MACHINE; - and "mulitlibs" in the form "multilib:multilib_name". - - - - To build a different variant of the recipe with a minimal amount of code, it usually - is as simple as adding the following to your recipe: - - BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "native nativesdk" - BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "multilib:multilib_name" - - - - Internally, the BBCLASSEXTEND - mechanism generates recipe variants by rewriting - variable values and applying overrides such as - _class-native. - For example, to generate a native version of a recipe, - a - DEPENDS - on "foo" is rewritten to a DEPENDS - on "foo-native". - - - - Even when using BBCLASSEXTEND, the - recipe is only parsed once. - Parsing once adds some limitations. - For example, it is not possible to - include a different file depending on the variant, - since include statements are - processed when the recipe is parsed. - - - - - - - BBFILE_COLLECTIONS - - BBFILE_COLLECTIONS[doc] = "Lists the names of configured layers. These names are used to find the other BBFILE_* variables." - - - - Lists the names of configured layers. - These names are used to find the other BBFILE_* - variables. - Typically, each layer will append its name to this variable in its - conf/layer.conf file. - - - - - BBFILE_PATTERN - - BBFILE_PATTERN[doc] = "Variable that expands to match files from BBFILES in a particular layer. This variable is used in the layer.conf file and must be suffixed with the name of a layer." - - - - Variable that expands to match files from - BBFILES - in a particular layer. - This variable is used in the conf/layer.conf file and must - be suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g. - BBFILE_PATTERN_emenlow). - - - - - BBFILE_PRIORITY - - BBFILE_PRIORITY[doc] = "Assigns the priority for recipe files in each layer. Setting this variable allows you to prioritize a layer against other layers that contain the same recipe." - - - - Assigns the priority for recipe files in each layer. - - - - This variable is useful in situations where the same recipe appears in - more than one layer. - Setting this variable allows you to prioritize a - layer against other layers that contain the same recipe - effectively - letting you control the precedence for the multiple layers. - The precedence established through this variable stands regardless of a - recipe's version - (PV variable). - For example, a layer that has a recipe with a higher PV value but for - which the BBFILE_PRIORITY is set to have a lower precedence still has a - lower precedence. - - - - A larger value for the BBFILE_PRIORITY variable results in a higher - precedence. - For example, the value 6 has a higher precedence than the value 5. - If not specified, the BBFILE_PRIORITY variable is set based on layer - dependencies (see the - LAYERDEPENDS variable for - more information. - The default priority, if unspecified - for a layer with no dependencies, is the lowest defined priority + 1 - (or 1 if no priorities are defined). - - - You can use the command bitbake-layers show-layers to list - all configured layers along with their priorities. - - - - - BBFILES - - BBFILES[doc] = "A space-separated list of recipe files BitBake uses to build software." - - - - A space-separated list of recipe files BitBake uses to - build software. - - - - When specifying recipe files, you can pattern match using - Python's - glob - syntax. - For details on the syntax, see the documentation by - following the previous link. - - - - - BBFILES_DYNAMIC - - BBFILES_DYNAMIC[doc] = "Activates content when identified layers are present." - - - - Activates content when identified layers are present. - You identify the layers by the collections that the layers - define. - - - - Use the BBFILES_DYNAMIC variable to - avoid .bbappend files whose - corresponding .bb file is in a layer - that attempts to modify other layers through - .bbappend but does not want to - introduce a hard dependency on those other layers. - - - - Use the following form for - BBFILES_DYNAMIC: - - collection_name:filename_pattern - - The following example identifies two collection names and - two filename patterns: - - BBFILES_DYNAMIC += " \ - clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/meta-clang/*/*/*.bbappend \ - core:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend \ - " - - This next example shows an error message that occurs - because invalid entries are found, which cause parsing to - abort: - - ERROR: BBFILES_DYNAMIC entries must be of the form <collection name>:<filename pattern>, not: - /work/my-layer/bbappends/meta-security-isafw/*/*/*.bbappend - /work/my-layer/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend - - - - - - BBINCLUDELOGS - - BBINCLUDELOGS[doc] = "Variable that controls how BitBake displays logs on build failure." - - - - Variable that controls how BitBake displays logs on build failure. - - - - - BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES - - BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES[doc] = "Amount of log lines printed on failure." - - - - If - BBINCLUDELOGS - is set, specifies the maximum number of lines from the - task log file to print when reporting a failed task. - If you do not set BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES, - the entire log is printed. - - - - - BBLAYERS - - BBLAYERS[doc] = "Lists the layers to enable during the build. This variable is defined in the bblayers.conf configuration file." - - - - Lists the layers to enable during the build. - This variable is defined in the bblayers.conf configuration - file in the - Build Directory. - Here is an example: - - BBLAYERS = " \ - /home/scottrif/poky/meta \ - /home/scottrif/poky/meta-poky \ - /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \ - /home/scottrif/poky/meta-mykernel \ - " - - - - - This example enables four layers, one of which is a custom, user-defined layer - named meta-mykernel. - - - - - BBMASK - - BBMASK[doc] = "Prevents BitBake from processing specific recipes or recipe append files." - - - - Prevents BitBake from processing recipes and recipe - append files. - - - - You can use the BBMASK variable - to "hide" these .bb and - .bbappend files. - BitBake ignores any recipe or recipe append files that - match any of the expressions. - It is as if BitBake does not see them at all. - Consequently, matching files are not parsed or otherwise - used by BitBake. - - - - The values you provide are passed to Python's regular - expression compiler. - Consequently, the syntax follows Python's Regular - Expression (re) syntax. - The expressions are compared against the full paths to - the files. - For complete syntax information, see Python's - documentation at - . - - - - The following example uses a complete regular expression - to tell BitBake to ignore all recipe and recipe append - files in the meta-ti/recipes-misc/ - directory: - - BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/" - - If you want to mask out multiple directories or recipes, - you can specify multiple regular expression fragments. - This next example masks out multiple directories and - individual recipes: - - BBMASK += "/meta-ti/recipes-misc/ meta-ti/recipes-ti/packagegroup/" - BBMASK += "/meta-oe/recipes-support/" - BBMASK += "/meta-foo/.*/openldap" - BBMASK += "opencv.*\.bbappend" - BBMASK += "lzma" - - - When specifying a directory name, use the trailing - slash character to ensure you match just that directory - name. - - - - - - BBMULTICONFIG - - BBMULTICONFIG[doc] = "Specifies each additional separate configuration when you are building targets with multiple configurations." - - - - Specifies each additional separate configuration when you - are building targets with multiple configurations. - Use this variable in your - conf/local.conf configuration file. - Specify a multiconfigname for - each configuration file you are using. - For example, the following line specifies three - configuration files: - - BBMULTICONFIG = "configA configB configC" - - Each configuration file you use must reside in the - Build Directory - conf/multiconfig directory - (e.g. - build_directory/conf/multiconfig/configA.conf). - - - - For information on how to use - BBMULTICONFIG in an environment that - supports building targets with multiple configurations, - see the - "Building Images for Multiple Targets Using Multiple Configurations" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - BBPATH - - BBPATH[doc] = "Used by BitBake to locate .bbclass and configuration files. This variable is analogous to the PATH variable." - - - - Used by BitBake to locate - .bbclass and configuration files. - This variable is analogous to the - PATH variable. - - If you run BitBake from a directory outside of the - Build Directory, - you must be sure to set - BBPATH to point to the - Build Directory. - Set the variable as you would any environment variable - and then run BitBake: - - $ BBPATH = "build_directory" - $ export BBPATH - $ bitbake target - - - - - - - BBSERVER - - BBSERVER[doc] = "Points to the BitBake remote server." - - - - If defined in the BitBake environment, - BBSERVER points to the BitBake - remote server. - - - - Use the following format to export the variable to the - BitBake environment: - - export BBSERVER=localhost:$port - - - - - By default, BBSERVER also appears in - BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST. - Consequently, BBSERVER is excluded - from checksum and dependency data. - - - - - BINCONFIG - - BINCONFIG[doc] = "When inheriting the binconfig-disabled class, this variable specifies binary configuration scripts to disable in favor of using pkg-config to query the information." - - - - When inheriting the - binconfig-disabled - class, this variable specifies binary configuration - scripts to disable in favor of using - pkg-config to query the information. - The binconfig-disabled class will - modify the specified scripts to return an error so that - calls to them can be easily found and replaced. - - - - To add multiple scripts, separate them by spaces. - Here is an example from the libpng - recipe: - - BINCONFIG = "${bindir}/libpng-config ${bindir}/libpng16-config" - - - - - - BINCONFIG_GLOB - - BINCONFIG_GLOB[doc] = "When inheriting binconfig.bbclass from a recipe, this variable specifies a wildcard for configuration scripts that need editing." - - - - When inheriting the - binconfig - class, this variable specifies a wildcard for - configuration scripts that need editing. - The scripts are edited to correct any paths that have been - set up during compilation so that they are correct for - use when installed into the sysroot and called by the - build processes of other recipes. - - The BINCONFIG_GLOB variable - uses - shell globbing, - which is recognition and expansion of wildcards during - pattern matching. - Shell globbing is very similar to - fnmatch - and - glob. - - - - - For more information on how this variable works, see - meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass in the - Source Directory. - You can also find general information on the class in the - "binconfig.bbclass" - section. - - - - - BP - - BP[doc] = "The base recipe name and version but without any special recipe name suffix (i.e. -native, lib64-, and so forth). BP is comprised of ${BPN}-${PV}" - - - - The base recipe name and version but without any special - recipe name suffix (i.e. -native, lib64-, - and so forth). - BP is comprised of the following: - - ${BPN}-${PV} - - - - - - BPN - - BPN[doc] = "This variable is a version of the PN variable but removes common suffixes and prefixes." - - - - This variable is a version of the - PN - variable with common prefixes and suffixes - removed, such as nativesdk-, - -cross, - -native, and multilib's - lib64- and - lib32-. - The exact lists of prefixes and suffixes removed are - specified by the - MLPREFIX - and - SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX - variables, respectively. - - - - - BUGTRACKER - - BUGTRACKER[doc] = "Specifies a URL for an upstream bug tracking website for a recipe." - - - - Specifies a URL for an upstream bug tracking website for - a recipe. - The OpenEmbedded build system does not use this variable. - Rather, the variable is a useful pointer in case a bug - in the software being built needs to be manually reported. - - - - - BUILD_ARCH - - BUILD_ARCH[doc] = "The name of the building architecture (e.g. i686)." - - - - Specifies the architecture of the build host - (e.g. i686). - The OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of - BUILD_ARCH from the machine name - reported by the uname command. - - - - - BUILD_AS_ARCH - - BUILD_AS_ARCH[doc] = "Specifies the architecture-specific assembler flags for the build host." - - - - Specifies the architecture-specific assembler flags for - the build host. By default, the value of - BUILD_AS_ARCH is empty. - - - - - BUILD_CC_ARCH - - BUILD_CC_ARCH[doc] = "Specifies the architecture-specific C compiler flags for the build host." - - - - Specifies the architecture-specific C compiler flags for - the build host. By default, the value of - BUILD_CC_ARCH is empty. - - - - - BUILD_CCLD - - BUILD_CCLD[doc] = "Specifies the linker command to be used for the build host when the C compiler is being used as the linker." - - - - Specifies the linker command to be used for the build host - when the C compiler is being used as the linker. By default, - BUILD_CCLD points to GCC and passes as - arguments the value of - BUILD_CC_ARCH, - assuming BUILD_CC_ARCH is set. - - - - - BUILD_CFLAGS - - BUILD_CFLAGS[doc] = "Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the build host." - - - - Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building - for the build host. - When building in the -native context, - CFLAGS - is set to the value of this variable by default. - - - - - BUILD_CPPFLAGS - - BUILD_CPPFLAGS[doc] = "Specifies the flags to pass to the C preprocessor (i.e. to both the C and the C++ compilers) when building for the build host." - - - - Specifies the flags to pass to the C preprocessor - (i.e. to both the C and the C++ compilers) when building - for the build host. - When building in the -native context, - CPPFLAGS - is set to the value of this variable by default. - - - - - BUILD_CXXFLAGS - - BUILD_CXXFLAGS[doc] = "Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the build host." - - - - Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when - building for the build host. - When building in the -native context, - CXXFLAGS - is set to the value of this variable by default. - - - - - BUILD_FC - - BUILD_FC[doc] = "Specifies the Fortran compiler command for the build host." - - - - Specifies the Fortran compiler command for the build host. - By default, BUILD_FC points to - Gfortran and passes as arguments the value of - BUILD_CC_ARCH, - assuming BUILD_CC_ARCH is set. - - - - - BUILD_LD - - BUILD_LD[doc] = "Specifies the linker command for the build host." - - - - Specifies the linker command for the build host. By default, - BUILD_LD points to the GNU linker (ld) - and passes as arguments the value of - BUILD_LD_ARCH, - assuming BUILD_LD_ARCH is set. - - - - - BUILD_LD_ARCH - - BUILD_LD_ARCH[doc] = "Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the build." - - - - Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the build - host. By default, the value of - BUILD_LD_ARCH is empty. - - - - - BUILD_LDFLAGS - - BUILD_LDFLAGS[doc] = "Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the build host." - - - - Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building - for the build host. - When building in the -native context, - LDFLAGS - is set to the value of this variable by default. - - - - - BUILD_OPTIMIZATION - - BUILD_OPTIMIZATION[doc] = "Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when building for the build host or the SDK." - - - - Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler - when building for the build host or the SDK. - The flags are passed through the - BUILD_CFLAGS - and - BUILDSDK_CFLAGS - default values. - - - - The default value of the - BUILD_OPTIMIZATION variable is - "-O2 -pipe". - - - - - BUILD_OS - - BUILD_OS[doc] = "The operating system (in lower case) of the building architecture (e.g. Linux)." - - - - Specifies the operating system in use on the build - host (e.g. "linux"). - The OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of - BUILD_OS from the OS reported by - the uname command - the first word, - converted to lower-case characters. - - - - - BUILD_PREFIX - - BUILD_PREFIX[doc] = "The toolchain binary prefix used for native recipes." - - - - The toolchain binary prefix used for native recipes. - The OpenEmbedded build system uses the - BUILD_PREFIX value to set the - TARGET_PREFIX - when building for native recipes. - - - - - BUILD_STRIP - - BUILD_STRIP[doc] = "Specifies the command to be used to strip debugging symbols from binaries produced for the build host." - - - - Specifies the command to be used to strip debugging symbols - from binaries produced for the build host. By default, - BUILD_STRIP points to - ${BUILD_PREFIX}strip. - - - - - BUILD_SYS - - BUILD_SYS[doc] = "The toolchain binary prefix used for native recipes." - - - - Specifies the system, including the architecture and - the operating system, to use when building for the build - host (i.e. when building native - recipes). - - - - The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this - variable based on - BUILD_ARCH, - BUILD_VENDOR, - and - BUILD_OS. - You do not need to set the BUILD_SYS - variable yourself. - - - - - BUILD_VENDOR - - BUILD_VENDOR[doc] = "The vendor name to use when building for the build host." - - - - Specifies the vendor name to use when building for the - build host. - The default value is an empty string (""). - - - - - BUILDDIR - - BUILDDIR[doc] = "Points to the location of the Build Directory." - - - - Points to the location of the - Build Directory. - You can define this directory indirectly through the - &OE_INIT_FILE; - script by passing in a Build Directory path when you run - the script. - If you run the script and do not provide a Build Directory - path, the BUILDDIR defaults to - build in the current directory. - - - - - BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT - - BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT[doc] = "When inheriting the buildhistory class, this variable specifies whether or not to commit the build history output in a local Git repository." - - - - When inheriting the - buildhistory - class, this variable specifies whether or not to commit the - build history output in a local Git repository. - If set to "1", this local repository will be maintained - automatically by the - buildhistory - class and a commit will be created on every - build for changes to each top-level subdirectory of the - build history output (images, packages, and sdk). - If you want to track changes to build history over - time, you should set this value to "1". - - - - By default, the buildhistory class - does not commit the build history output in a local - Git repository: - - BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT ?= "0" - - - - - - BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR - - BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR[doc] = "When inheriting the buildhistory class, this variable specifies the author to use for each Git commit." - - - - When inheriting the - buildhistory - class, this variable specifies the author to use for each - Git commit. - In order for the BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR - variable to work, the - BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT - variable must be set to "1". - - - - Git requires that the value you provide for the - BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR variable - takes the form of "name email@host". - Providing an email address or host that is not valid does - not produce an error. - - - - By default, the buildhistory class - sets the variable as follows: - - BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR ?= "buildhistory <buildhistory@${DISTRO}>" - - - - - - BUILDHISTORY_DIR - - BUILDHISTORY_DIR[doc] = "When inheriting the buildhistory class, this variable specifies the directory in which build history information is kept." - - - - When inheriting the - buildhistory - class, this variable specifies the directory in which - build history information is kept. - For more information on how the variable works, see the - buildhistory.class. - - - - By default, the buildhistory class - sets the directory as follows: - - BUILDHISTORY_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/buildhistory" - - - - - - BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES - - BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES[doc] = "When inheriting the buildhistory class, this variable specifies the build history features to be enabled." - - - - When inheriting the - buildhistory - class, this variable specifies the build history features - to be enabled. - For more information on how build history works, see the - "Maintaining Build Output Quality" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - You can specify these features in the form of a - space-separated list: - - image: - Analysis of the contents of images, which - includes the list of installed packages among other - things. - - package: - Analysis of the contents of individual packages. - - sdk: - Analysis of the contents of the software - development kit (SDK). - - task: - Save output file signatures for - shared state - (sstate) tasks. - This saves one file per task and lists the SHA-256 - checksums for each file staged (i.e. the output of - the task). - - - - - - By default, the buildhistory class - enables the following features: - - BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES ?= "image package sdk" - - - - - - BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES - - BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES[doc] = "When inheriting the buildhistory class, this variable specifies a list of paths to files copied from the image contents into the build history directory under an "image-files" directory in the directory for the image, so that you can track the contents of each file." - - - - When inheriting the - buildhistory - class, this variable specifies a list of paths to files - copied from the - image contents into the build history directory under - an "image-files" directory in the directory for - the image, so that you can track the contents of each file. - The default is to copy /etc/passwd - and /etc/group, which allows you to - monitor for changes in user and group entries. - You can modify the list to include any file. - Specifying an invalid path does not produce an error. - Consequently, you can include files that might - not always be present. - - - - By default, the buildhistory class - provides paths to the following files: - - BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES ?= "/etc/passwd /etc/group" - - - - - - BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO - - BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO[doc] = "When inheriting the buildhistory class, this variable optionally specifies a remote repository to which build history pushes Git changes." - - - - When inheriting the - buildhistory - class, this variable optionally specifies a remote - repository to which build history pushes Git changes. - In order for BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO - to work, - BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT - must be set to "1". - - - - The repository should correspond to a remote - address that specifies a repository as understood by - Git, or alternatively to a remote name that you have - set up manually using git remote - within the local repository. - - - - By default, the buildhistory class - sets the variable as follows: - - BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO ?= "" - - - - - - BUILDSDK_CFLAGS - - BUILDSDK_CFLAGS[doc] = "Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the SDK." - - - - Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building - for the SDK. - When building in the nativesdk- - context, - CFLAGS - is set to the value of this variable by default. - - - - - BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS - - BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS[doc] = "Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the C and the C++ compilers) when building for the SDK." - - - - Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor - (i.e. to both the C and the C++ compilers) when building - for the SDK. - When building in the nativesdk- - context, - CPPFLAGS - is set to the value of this variable by default. - - - - - BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS - - BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS[doc] = "Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the SDK." - - - - Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when - building for the SDK. - When building in the nativesdk- - context, - CXXFLAGS - is set to the value of this variable by default. - - - - - BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS - - BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS[doc] = "Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the SDK." - - - - Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building - for the SDK. - When building in the nativesdk- - context, - LDFLAGS - is set to the value of this variable by default. - - - - - BUILDSTATS_BASE - - BUILDSTATS_BASE[doc] = "Points to the location of the directory that holds build statistics when you use and enable the buildstats class." - - - - Points to the location of the directory that holds build - statistics when you use and enable the - buildstats - class. - The BUILDSTATS_BASE directory defaults - to - ${TMPDIR}/buildstats/. - - - - - BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID - - BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID[doc] = "For the BusyBox recipe, specifies whether to split the output executable file into two parts: one for features that require setuid root, and one for the remaining features." - - - - For the BusyBox recipe, specifies whether to split the - output executable file into two parts: one for features - that require setuid root, and one for - the remaining features (i.e. those that do not require - setuid root). - - - - The BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID variable - defaults to "1", which results in splitting the output - executable file. - Set the variable to "0" to get a single output executable - file. - - - - - - - C - - CACHE - - CACHE[doc] = "The directory BitBake uses to store a cache of the metadata." - - - - Specifies the directory BitBake uses to store a cache - of the - Metadata - so it does not need to be parsed every time BitBake is - started. - - - - - CC - - CC[doc] = "Minimum command and arguments to run the C compiler." - - - - The minimal command and arguments used to run the C - compiler. - - - - - CFLAGS - - CFLAGS[doc] = "Flags passed to the C compiler for the target system. This variable evaluates to the same as TARGET_CFLAGS." - - - - Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler. - This variable is exported to an environment - variable and thus made visible to the software being - built during the compilation step. - - - - Default initialization for CFLAGS - varies depending on what is being built: - - - TARGET_CFLAGS - when building for the target - - - BUILD_CFLAGS - when building for the build host (i.e. - -native) - - - BUILDSDK_CFLAGS - when building for an SDK (i.e. - nativesdk-) - - - - - - - CLASSOVERRIDE - - CLASSOVERRIDE[doc] = "An internal variable specifying the special class override that should currently apply (e.g. "class-target", "class-native", and so forth)." - - - - An internal variable specifying the special class override - that should currently apply (e.g. "class-target", - "class-native", and so forth). - The classes that use this variable (e.g. - native, - nativesdk, - and so forth) set the variable to appropriate values. - - CLASSOVERRIDE gets its default - "class-target" value from the - bitbake.conf file. - - - - - As an example, the following override allows you to install - extra files, but only when building for the target: - - do_install_append_class-target() { - install my-extra-file ${D}${sysconfdir} - } - - Here is an example where FOO - is set to "native" when building for the build host, and - to "other" when not building for the build host: - - FOO_class-native = "native" - FOO = "other" - - The underlying mechanism behind - CLASSOVERRIDE is simply that it is - included in the default value of - OVERRIDES. - - - - - CLEANBROKEN - - CLEANBROKEN[doc] = "Prevents the build system from running 'make clean' during the do_configure task." - - - - If set to "1" within a recipe, - CLEANBROKEN specifies that - the make clean command does - not work for the software being built. - Consequently, the OpenEmbedded build system will not try - to run make clean during the - do_configure - task, which is the default behavior. - - - - - COMBINED_FEATURES - - COMBINED_FEATURES[doc] = "A set of features common between MACHINE_FEATURES and DISTRO_FEATURES." - - - - Provides a list of hardware features that are enabled in - both - MACHINE_FEATURES - and - DISTRO_FEATURES. - This select list of features contains features that make - sense to be controlled both at the machine and distribution - configuration level. - For example, the "bluetooth" feature requires hardware - support but should also be optional at the distribution - level, in case the hardware supports Bluetooth but you - do not ever intend to use it. - - - - - COMMON_LICENSE_DIR - - COMMON_LICENSE_DIR[doc] = "Points to meta/files/common-licenses in the Source Directory, which is where generic license files reside." - - - - Points to meta/files/common-licenses - in the - Source Directory, - which is where generic license files reside. - - - - - COMPATIBLE_HOST - - COMPATIBLE_HOST[doc] = "A regular expression that resolves to one or more hosts (when the recipe is native) or one or more targets (when the recipe is non-native) with which a recipe is compatible." - - - - A regular expression that resolves to one or more hosts - (when the recipe is native) or one or more targets (when - the recipe is non-native) with which a recipe is compatible. - The regular expression is matched against - HOST_SYS. - You can use the variable to stop recipes from being built - for classes of systems with which the recipes are not - compatible. - Stopping these builds is particularly useful with kernels. - The variable also helps to increase parsing speed - since the build system skips parsing recipes not - compatible with the current system. - - - - - COMPATIBLE_MACHINE - - COMPATIBLE_MACHINE[doc] = "A regular expression that resolves to one or more target machines with which a recipe is compatible." - - - - A regular expression that resolves to one or more - target machines with which a recipe is compatible. - The regular expression is matched against - MACHINEOVERRIDES. - You can use the variable to stop recipes from being built - for machines with which the recipes are not compatible. - Stopping these builds is particularly useful with kernels. - The variable also helps to increase parsing speed - since the build system skips parsing recipes not - compatible with the current machine. - - - - - COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB - - COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB[doc] = "Defines wildcards to match when installing a list of complementary packages for all the packages installed in an image." - - - - Defines wildcards to match when installing a list of - complementary packages for all the packages explicitly - (or implicitly) installed in an image. - - The COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB variable - uses Unix filename pattern matching - (fnmatch), - which is similar to the Unix style pathname pattern - expansion - (glob). - - The resulting list of complementary packages is associated - with an item that can be added to - IMAGE_FEATURES. - An example usage of this is the "dev-pkgs" item that when - added to IMAGE_FEATURES will - install -dev packages (containing headers and other - development files) for every package in the image. - - - - To add a new feature item pointing to a wildcard, use a - variable flag to specify the feature item name and - use the value to specify the wildcard. - Here is an example: - - COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB[dev-pkgs] = '*-dev' - - - - - - COMPONENTS_DIR - - COMPONENTS_DIR[doc] = "Stores sysroot components for each recipe." - - - - Stores sysroot components for each recipe. - The OpenEmbedded build system uses - COMPONENTS_DIR when constructing - recipe-specific sysroots for other recipes. - - - - The default is - "${STAGING_DIR}-components." - (i.e. "${TMPDIR}/sysroots-components"). - - - - - CONF_VERSION - - CONF_VERSION[doc] = "Tracks the version of local.conf. Increased each time build/conf/ changes incompatibly." - - - - Tracks the version of the local configuration file - (i.e. local.conf). - The value for CONF_VERSION - increments each time build/conf/ - compatibility changes. - - - - - CONFFILES - - CONFFILES[doc] = "Identifies editable or configurable files that are part of a package." - - - - Identifies editable or configurable files that are part of a package. - If the Package Management System (PMS) is being used to update - packages on the target system, it is possible that - configuration files you have changed after the original installation - and that you now want to remain unchanged are overwritten. - In other words, editable files might exist in the package that you do not - want reset as part of the package update process. - You can use the CONFFILES variable to list the files in the - package that you wish to prevent the PMS from overwriting during this update process. - - - - To use the CONFFILES variable, provide a package name - override that identifies the resulting package. - Then, provide a space-separated list of files. - Here is an example: - - CONFFILES_${PN} += "${sysconfdir}/file1 \ - ${sysconfdir}/file2 ${sysconfdir}/file3" - - - - - A relationship exists between the CONFFILES and - FILES variables. - The files listed within CONFFILES must be a subset of - the files listed within FILES. - Because the configuration files you provide with CONFFILES - are simply being identified so that the PMS will not overwrite them, - it makes sense that - the files must already be included as part of the package through the - FILES variable. - - - - When specifying paths as part of the CONFFILES variable, - it is good practice to use appropriate path variables. - For example, ${sysconfdir} rather than - /etc or ${bindir} rather - than /usr/bin. - You can find a list of these variables at the top of the - meta/conf/bitbake.conf file in the - Source Directory. - - - - - CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE - - CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE[doc] = "Identifies the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) source files. The OpenEmbedded build system receives and uses this kernel Kconfig variable as an environment variable." - - - - Identifies the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) source - files. - The OpenEmbedded build system receives and uses - this kernel Kconfig variable as an environment variable. - By default, the variable is set to null (""). - - - - The CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE can be - either a single cpio archive with a - .cpio suffix or a - space-separated list of directories and files for building - the initramfs image. - A cpio archive should contain a filesystem archive - to be used as an initramfs image. - Directories should contain a filesystem layout to be - included in the initramfs image. - Files should contain entries according to the format - described by the - usr/gen_init_cpio program in the - kernel tree. - - - - If you specify multiple directories and files, the - initramfs image will be the aggregate of all of them. - - - - For information on creating an initramfs, see the - "Building an Initial RAM Filesystem (initramfs) Image" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - CONFIG_SITE - - CONFIG_SITE[doc] = "A list of files that contains autoconf test results relevant to the current build. This variable is used by the Autotools utilities when running configure." - - - - A list of files that contains autoconf test results relevant - to the current build. - This variable is used by the Autotools utilities when running - configure. - - - - - CONFIGURE_FLAGS - - CONFIGURE_FLAGS[doc] = "The minimal arguments for GNU configure." - - - - The minimal arguments for GNU configure. - - - - - CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES - - CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES[doc] = "When a recipe inherits the distro_features_check class, this variable identifies distribution features that would be in conflict should the recipe be built." - - - - When inheriting the - distro_features_check - class, this - variable identifies distribution features that would - be in conflict should the recipe - be built. - In other words, if the - CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES variable - lists a feature that also appears in - DISTRO_FEATURES within the - current configuration, an error occurs and the - build stops. - - - - - COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE - - COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE[doc] = "Licenses to exclude in the source archived by the archiver class." - - - - A space-separated list of licenses to exclude from the - source archived by the - archiver - class. - In other words, if a license in a recipe's - LICENSE - value is in the value of - COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE, then its - source is not archived by the class. - - The COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE - variable takes precedence over the - COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE - variable. - - The default value, which is "CLOSED Proprietary", for - COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE is set - by the - copyleft_filter - class, which is inherited by the - archiver class. - - - - - COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE - - COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE[doc] = "Licenses to include in the source archived by the archiver class." - - - - A space-separated list of licenses to include in the - source archived by the - archiver - class. - In other words, if a license in a recipe's - LICENSE - value is in the value of - COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE, then its - source is archived by the class. - - - - The default value is set by the - copyleft_filter - class, which is inherited by the - archiver class. - The default value includes "GPL*", "LGPL*", and "AGPL*". - - - - - COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE - - COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE[doc] = "Recipes to exclude in the source archived by the archiver class." - - - - A list of recipes to exclude in the source archived - by the - archiver - class. - The COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE variable - overrides the license inclusion and exclusion caused - through the - COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE - and - COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE - variables, respectively. - - - - The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly - exclude any recipes by name, for - COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE is set - by the - copyleft_filter - class, which is inherited by the - archiver class. - - - - - COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE - - COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE[doc] = "Recipes to include in the source archived by the archiver class." - - - - A list of recipes to include in the source archived - by the - archiver - class. - The COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE variable - overrides the license inclusion and exclusion caused - through the - COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE - and - COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE - variables, respectively. - - - - The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly - include any recipes by name, for - COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE is set - by the - copyleft_filter - class, which is inherited by the - archiver class. - - - - - COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES - - COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES[doc] = "Recipe types to include in the source archived by the archiver class." - - - - A space-separated list of recipe types to include - in the source archived by the - archiver - class. - Recipe types are target, - native, - nativesdk, - cross, - crosssdk, and - cross-canadian. - - - - The default value, which is "target*", for - COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES is set - by the - copyleft_filter - class, which is inherited by the - archiver class. - - - - - COPY_LIC_DIRS - - COPY_LIC_DIRS[doc] = "If set to "1" along with the COPY_LIC_MANIFEST variable, the OpenEmbedded build system copies into the image the license files, which are located in /usr/share/common-licenses, for each package." - - - - If set to "1" along with the - COPY_LIC_MANIFEST - variable, the OpenEmbedded build system copies - into the image the license files, which are located in - /usr/share/common-licenses, - for each package. - The license files are placed - in directories within the image itself during build time. - - The COPY_LIC_DIRS does not - offer a path for adding licenses for newly installed - packages to an image, which might be most suitable - for read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. - See the - LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE - variable for additional information. - You can also reference the - "Providing License Text" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual - for information on providing license text. - - - - - - COPY_LIC_MANIFEST - - COPY_LIC_MANIFEST[doc] = "If set to "1", the OpenEmbedded build system copies the license manifest for the image to /usr/share/common-licenses/license.manifest within the image itself." - - - - If set to "1", the OpenEmbedded build system copies - the license manifest for the image to - /usr/share/common-licenses/license.manifest - within the image itself during build time. - - The COPY_LIC_MANIFEST does not - offer a path for adding licenses for newly installed - packages to an image, which might be most suitable - for read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. - See the - LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE - variable for additional information. - You can also reference the - "Providing License Text" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual - for information on providing license text. - - - - - - CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL - - CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL[doc] = "Specifies the list of packages to be added to the image. You should only set this variable in the conf/local.conf file in the Build Directory." - - - - Specifies the list of packages to be added to the image. - You should only set this variable in the - local.conf configuration file found - in the - Build Directory. - - - - This variable replaces POKY_EXTRA_INSTALL, which is no longer supported. - - - - - COREBASE - - COREBASE[doc] = "Specifies the parent directory of the OpenEmbedded-Core Metadata layer (i.e. meta)." - - - - Specifies the parent directory of the OpenEmbedded-Core - Metadata layer (i.e. meta). - - - - It is an important distinction that - COREBASE points to the parent of this - layer and not the layer itself. - Consider an example where you have cloned the Poky Git - repository and retained the poky - name for your local copy of the repository. - In this case, COREBASE points to - the poky folder because it is the - parent directory of the poky/meta - layer. - - - - - COREBASE_FILES - - COREBASE_FILES[doc] = "Lists files from the COREBASE directory that should be copied other than the layers listed in the bblayers.conf file." - - - - Lists files from the - COREBASE - directory that should be copied other than the layers - listed in the bblayers.conf file. - The COREBASE_FILES variable exists - for the purpose of copying metadata from the - OpenEmbedded build system into the extensible - SDK. - - - - Explicitly listing files in COREBASE - is needed because it typically contains build - directories and other files that should not normally - be copied into the extensible SDK. - Consequently, the value of - COREBASE_FILES is used in order to - only copy the files that are actually needed. - - - - - CPP - - CPP[doc] = "Minimum command and arguments to run the C preprocessor." - - - - The minimal command and arguments used to run the C - preprocessor. - - - - - CPPFLAGS - - CPPFLAGS[doc] = "Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the C and the C++ compilers)." - - - - Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor - (i.e. to both the C and the C++ compilers). - This variable is exported to an environment - variable and thus made visible to the software being - built during the compilation step. - - - - Default initialization for CPPFLAGS - varies depending on what is being built: - - - TARGET_CPPFLAGS - when building for the target - - - BUILD_CPPFLAGS - when building for the build host (i.e. - -native) - - - BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS - when building for an SDK (i.e. - nativesdk-) - - - - - - - CROSS_COMPILE - - CROSS_COMPILE[doc] = "The toolchain binary prefix for the target tools." - - - - The toolchain binary prefix for the target tools. - The CROSS_COMPILE variable is the - same as the - TARGET_PREFIX - variable. - - The OpenEmbedded build system sets the - CROSS_COMPILE variable only in - certain contexts (e.g. when building for kernel - and kernel module recipes). - - - - - - CVSDIR - - CVSDIR[doc] = "The directory where cvs checkouts will be stored in." - - - - The directory in which files checked out under the - CVS system are stored. - - - - - CXX - - CXX[doc] = "Minimum command and arguments to run the C++ compiler." - - - - The minimal command and arguments used to run the C++ - compiler. - - - - - CXXFLAGS - - CXXFLAGS[doc] = "Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler." - - - - Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler. - This variable is exported to an environment - variable and thus made visible to the software being - built during the compilation step. - - - - Default initialization for CXXFLAGS - varies depending on what is being built: - - - TARGET_CXXFLAGS - when building for the target - - - BUILD_CXXFLAGS - when building for the build host (i.e. - -native) - - - BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS - when building for an SDK (i.e. - nativesdk-) - - - - - - - - - D - - D - - D[doc] = "The destination directory." - - - - The destination directory. - The location in the - Build Directory - where components are installed by the - do_install - task. - This location defaults to: - - ${WORKDIR}/image - - Caution - Tasks that read from or write to this directory should - run under - fakeroot. - - - - - - DATE - - DATE[doc] = "The date the build was started using YMD format." - - - - The date the build was started. - Dates appear using the year, month, and day (YMD) format - (e.g. "20150209" for February 9th, 2015). - - - - - DATETIME - - DATETIME[doc] = "The date and time the build was started." - - - - The date and time on which the current build started. - The format is suitable for timestamps. - - - - - DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME - - DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME[doc] = "Prevents a particular package from being renamed according to Debian package naming." - - - - When the - debian - class is inherited, which is the default behavior, - DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME specifies a - particular package should not be renamed according to - Debian library package naming. - You must use the package name as an override when you - set this variable. - Here is an example from the fontconfig - recipe: - - DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME_fontconfig-utils = "1" - - - - - - DEBIANNAME - - DEBIANNAME[doc] = "Allows you to override the library name for an individual package for Debian library package renaming." - - - - When the - debian - class is inherited, which is the default behavior, - DEBIANNAME allows you to override the - library name for an individual package. - Overriding the library name in these cases is rare. - You must use the package name as an override when you - set this variable. - Here is an example from the dbus - recipe: - - DEBIANNAME_${PN} = "dbus-1" - - - - - - DEBUG_BUILD - - DEBUG_BUILD[doc] = "Specifies to build packages with debugging information. This influences the value of the SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION variable." - - - - Specifies to build packages with debugging information. - This influences the value of the - SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION - variable. - - - - - DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION - - DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION[doc] = "The options to pass in TARGET_CFLAGS and CFLAGS when compiling a system for debugging. This variable defaults to '-O -fno-omit-frame-pointer -g'." - - - - The options to pass in - TARGET_CFLAGS - and CFLAGS when compiling - a system for debugging. - This variable defaults to "-O -fno-omit-frame-pointer ${DEBUG_FLAGS} -pipe". - - - - - DEFAULT_PREFERENCE - - DEFAULT_PREFERENCE[doc] = "Specifies a weak bias for recipe selection priority." - - - - Specifies a weak bias for recipe selection priority. - - - - The most common usage of this is variable is to set - it to "-1" within a recipe for a development version of a - piece of software. - Using the variable in this way causes the stable version - of the recipe to build by default in the absence of - PREFERRED_VERSION - being used to build the development version. - - - - The bias provided by DEFAULT_PREFERENCE - is weak and is overridden by - BBFILE_PRIORITY - if that variable is different between two layers - that contain different versions of the same recipe. - - - - - DEFAULTTUNE - - DEFAULTTUNE[doc] = "The default CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) tunings (i.e. the "tune") used by the OpenEmbedded build system." - - - - The default CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) - tunings (i.e. the "tune") used by the OpenEmbedded build - system. - The DEFAULTTUNE helps define - TUNE_FEATURES. - - - - The default tune is either implicitly or explicitly set - by the machine - (MACHINE). - However, you can override the setting using available tunes - as defined with - AVAILTUNES. - - - - - DEPENDS - - DEPENDS[doc] = "Lists a recipe's build-time dependencies (i.e. other recipe files)." - - - - Lists a recipe's build-time dependencies. - These are dependencies on other recipes whose - contents (e.g. headers and shared libraries) are needed - by the recipe at build time. - - - - As an example, consider a recipe foo - that contains the following assignment: - - DEPENDS = "bar" - - The practical effect of the previous assignment is that - all files installed by bar will be available in the - appropriate staging sysroot, given by the - STAGING_DIR* - variables, by the time the - do_configure - task for foo runs. - This mechanism is implemented by having - do_configure depend on the - do_populate_sysroot - task of each recipe listed in DEPENDS, - through a - [deptask] - declaration in the - base - class. - - It seldom is necessary to reference, for example, - STAGING_DIR_HOST explicitly. - The standard classes and build-related variables are - configured to automatically use the appropriate staging - sysroots. - - As another example, DEPENDS can also - be used to add utilities that run on the build machine - during the build. - For example, a recipe that makes use of a code generator - built by the recipe codegen might have - the following: - - DEPENDS = "codegen-native" - - For more information, see the - native - class and the - EXTRANATIVEPATH - variable. - - Notes - - - DEPENDS is a list of - recipe names. - Or, to be more precise, it is a list of - PROVIDES - names, which usually match recipe names. - Putting a package name such as "foo-dev" in - DEPENDS does not make - sense. - Use "foo" instead, as this will put files - from all the packages that make up - foo, which includes - those from foo-dev, into - the sysroot. - - - One recipe having another recipe in - DEPENDS does not by itself - add any runtime dependencies between the - packages produced by the two recipes. - However, as explained in the - "Automatically Added Runtime Dependencies" - section in the Yocto Project Overview and - Concepts Manual, runtime dependencies will - often be added automatically, meaning - DEPENDS alone is - sufficient for most recipes. - - - Counterintuitively, - DEPENDS is often necessary - even for recipes that install precompiled - components. - For example, if libfoo - is a precompiled library that links against - libbar, then - linking against libfoo - requires both libfoo - and libbar to be available - in the sysroot. - Without a DEPENDS from the - recipe that installs libfoo - to the recipe that installs - libbar, other recipes might - fail to link against - libfoo. - - - - - - - For information on runtime dependencies, see the - RDEPENDS - variable. - You can also see the - "Tasks" and - "Dependencies" - sections in the BitBake User Manual for additional - information on tasks and dependencies. - - - - - DEPLOY_DIR - - DEPLOY_DIR[doc] = "Points to the general area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place images, packages, SDKs, and other output files that are ready to be used outside of the build system." - - - - Points to the general area that the OpenEmbedded build - system uses to place images, packages, SDKs, and other output - files that are ready to be used outside of the build system. - By default, this directory resides within the - Build Directory - as ${TMPDIR}/deploy. - - - - For more information on the structure of the Build - Directory, see - "The Build Directory - build/" - section. - For more detail on the contents of the - deploy directory, see the - "Images", - "Package Feeds", - and - "Application Development SDK" - sections all in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts - Manual. - - - - - DEPLOY_DIR_DEB - - DEPLOY_DIR_DEB[doc] = "Points to a Debian-specific area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place images, packages, SDKs, and other output files that are ready to be used outside of the build system." - - - - Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses - to place Debian packages that are ready to be used outside - of the build system. - This variable applies only when - PACKAGE_CLASSES - contains "package_deb". - - - - The BitBake configuration file initially defines the - DEPLOY_DIR_DEB variable as a - sub-folder of - DEPLOY_DIR: - - DEPLOY_DIR_DEB = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/deb" - - - - - The - package_deb - class uses the - DEPLOY_DIR_DEB variable to make sure - the - do_package_write_deb - task writes Debian packages into the appropriate folder. - For more information on how packaging works, see the - "Package Feeds" - section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. - - - - - DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE - - DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE[doc] = "Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place images and other associated output files that are ready to be deployed onto the target machine." - - - - Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses - to place images and other associated output files that are - ready to be deployed onto the target machine. - The directory is machine-specific as it contains the - ${MACHINE} name. - By default, this directory resides within the - Build Directory - as ${DEPLOY_DIR}/images/${MACHINE}/. - - - - For more information on the structure of the Build - Directory, see - "The Build Directory - build/" - section. - For more detail on the contents of the - deploy directory, see the - "Images" - and - "Application Development SDK" - sections both in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts - Manual. - - - - - DEPLOY_DIR_IPK - - DEPLOY_DIR_IPK[doc] = "Points to a IPK-specific area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place images, packages, SDKs, and other output files that are ready to be used outside of the build system." - - - - Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses - to place IPK packages that are ready to be used outside of - the build system. - This variable applies only when - PACKAGE_CLASSES - contains "package_ipk". - - - - The BitBake configuration file initially defines this - variable as a sub-folder of - DEPLOY_DIR: - - DEPLOY_DIR_IPK = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/ipk" - - - - - The - package_ipk - class uses the - DEPLOY_DIR_IPK variable to make sure - the - do_package_write_ipk - task writes IPK packages into the appropriate folder. - For more information on how packaging works, see the - "Package Feeds" - section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. - - - - - DEPLOY_DIR_RPM - - DEPLOY_DIR_RPM[doc] = "Points to a RPM-specific area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place images, packages, SDKs, and other output files that are ready to be used outside of the build system." - - - - Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses - to place RPM packages that are ready to be used outside - of the build system. - This variable applies only when - PACKAGE_CLASSES - contains "package_rpm". - - - - The BitBake configuration file initially defines this - variable as a sub-folder of - DEPLOY_DIR: - - DEPLOY_DIR_RPM = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm" - - - - - The - package_rpm - class uses the - DEPLOY_DIR_RPM variable to make sure - the - do_package_write_rpm - task writes RPM packages into the appropriate folder. - For more information on how packaging works, see the - "Package Feeds" - section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. - - - - - DEPLOY_DIR_TAR - - DEPLOY_DIR_TAR[doc] = "Points to a tarball area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place images, packages, SDKs, and other output files that are ready to be used outside of the build system." - - - - Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses - to place tarballs that are ready to be used outside of - the build system. - This variable applies only when - PACKAGE_CLASSES - contains "package_tar". - - - - The BitBake configuration file initially defines this - variable as a sub-folder of - DEPLOY_DIR: - - DEPLOY_DIR_TAR = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/tar" - - - - - The - package_tar - class uses the - DEPLOY_DIR_TAR variable to make sure - the - do_package_write_tar - task writes TAR packages into the appropriate folder. - For more information on how packaging works, see the - "Package Feeds" - section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. - - - - - DEPLOYDIR - - DEPLOYDIR[doc] = "For recipes that inherit the deploy class, the DEPLOYDIR points to a temporary work area for deployed files." - - - - When inheriting the - deploy - class, the DEPLOYDIR points to a - temporary work area for deployed files that is set in the - deploy class as follows: - - DEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}" - - - - - Recipes inheriting the deploy class - should copy files to be deployed into - DEPLOYDIR, and the class will take - care of copying them into - DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE - afterwards. - - - - - DESCRIPTION - - DESCRIPTION[doc] = "The package description used by package managers. If not set, DESCRIPTION takes the value of the SUMMARY variable." - - - - The package description used by package managers. - If not set, DESCRIPTION takes - the value of the - SUMMARY - variable. - - - - - DISTRO - - DISTRO[doc] = "The short name of the distribution. If the variable is blank, meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf will be used." - - - - The short name of the distribution. - For information on the long name of the distribution, see - the - DISTRO_NAME - variable. - - - - The DISTRO variable corresponds to a - distribution configuration file whose root name is the - same as the variable's argument and whose filename - extension is .conf. - For example, the distribution configuration file for the - Poky distribution is named poky.conf - and resides in the - meta-poky/conf/distro directory of - the - Source Directory. - - - - Within that poky.conf file, the - DISTRO variable is set as follows: - - DISTRO = "poky" - - - - - Distribution configuration files are located in a - conf/distro directory within the - Metadata - that contains the distribution configuration. - The value for DISTRO must not contain - spaces, and is typically all lower-case. - - If the DISTRO variable is blank, - a set of default configurations are used, which are - specified within - meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf - also in the Source Directory. - - - - - - DISTRO_CODENAME - - DISTRO_CODENAME[doc] = "Specifies a codename for the distribution being built." - - - - Specifies a codename for the distribution being built. - - - - - DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS - - DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS[doc] = "Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images. The variable only applies to the images that include packagegroup-base." - - - - Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images. - This variable takes affect through - packagegroup-base so the - variable only really applies to the more full-featured - images that include packagegroup-base. - You can use this variable to keep distro policy out of - generic images. - As with all other distro variables, you set this variable - in the distro .conf file. - - - - - DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS - - DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS[doc] = "Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images if the packages exist. The list of packages are automatically installed but you can remove them." - - - - Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images - if the packages exist. - The packages might not exist or be empty (e.g. kernel modules). - The list of packages are automatically installed but you can - remove them. - - - - - DISTRO_FEATURES - - DISTRO_FEATURES[doc] = "The features enabled for the distribution." - - - - The software support you want in your distribution for - various features. - You define your distribution features in the distribution - configuration file. - - - - In most cases, the presence or absence of a feature in - DISTRO_FEATURES is translated to the - appropriate option supplied to the configure script - during the - do_configure - task for recipes that optionally support the feature. - For example, specifying "x11" in - DISTRO_FEATURES, causes - every piece of software built for the target that can - optionally support X11 to have its X11 support enabled. - - - - Two more examples are Bluetooth and NFS support. - For a more complete list of features that ships with the - Yocto Project and that you can provide with this variable, - see the - "Distro Features" - section. - - - - - DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL - - DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL[doc] = "Features to be added to DISTRO_FEATURES if not also present in DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED. This variable is set in the meta/conf/bitbake.conf file and it is not intended to be user-configurable." - - - - Features to be added to - DISTRO_FEATURES - if not also present in - DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED. - - - - This variable is set in the meta/conf/bitbake.conf file. - It is not intended to be user-configurable. - It is best to just reference the variable to see which distro features are - being backfilled for all distro configurations. - See the "Feature Backfilling" section for - more information. - - - - - DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED - - DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED[doc] = "Features from DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL that should not be backfilled (i.e. added to DISTRO_FEATURES) during the build." - - - - Features from - DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL - that should not be backfilled (i.e. added to - DISTRO_FEATURES) - during the build. - See the "Feature Backfilling" section for - more information. - - - - - DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT - - DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT[doc] = "Provides the default list of distro features with the exception of any libc-specific features." - - - - A convenience variable that gives you the default - list of distro features with the exception of any - features specific to the C library - (libc). - - - - When creating a custom distribution, you might find it - useful to be able to reuse the default - DISTRO_FEATURES - options without the need to write out the full set. - Here is an example that uses - DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT from a - custom distro configuration file: - - DISTRO_FEATURES ?= "${DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT} myfeature" - - - - - - DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE - - DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE[doc] = "Specifies a list of features that if present in the target DISTRO_FEATURES value should be included in DISTRO_FEATURES when building native recipes." - - - - Specifies a list of features that if present in - the target - DISTRO_FEATURES - value should be included in - DISTRO_FEATURES when building native - recipes. - This variable is used in addition to the features - filtered using the - DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE - variable. - - - - - DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK - - DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK[doc] = "Specifies a list of features that if present in the target DISTRO_FEATURES value should be included in DISTRO_FEATURES when building nativesdk recipes." - - - - Specifies a list of features that if present in the target - DISTRO_FEATURES - value should be included in - DISTRO_FEATURES when building - nativesdk recipes. - This variable is used in addition to the features - filtered using the - DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK - variable. - - - - - - - DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE - - DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE[doc] = "Specifies a list of features that should be included in DISTRO_FEATURES when building native recipes." - - - - Specifies a list of features that should be included in - DISTRO_FEATURES - when building native recipes. - This variable is used in addition to the features - filtered using the - DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE - variable. - - - - - DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK - - DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK[doc] = "Specifies a list of features that should be included in DISTRO_FEATURES when building nativesdk recipes." - - - - Specifies a list of features that should be included in - DISTRO_FEATURES - when building nativesdk recipes. - This variable is used in addition to the features - filtered using the - DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK - variable. - - - - - DISTRO_NAME - - DISTRO_NAME[doc] = "The long name of the distribution." - - - - The long name of the distribution. - For information on the short name of the distribution, see - the - DISTRO - variable. - - - - The DISTRO_NAME variable corresponds - to a distribution configuration file whose root name is the - same as the variable's argument and whose filename - extension is .conf. - For example, the distribution configuration file for the - Poky distribution is named poky.conf - and resides in the - meta-poky/conf/distro directory of - the - Source Directory. - - - - Within that poky.conf file, the - DISTRO_NAME variable is set as - follows: - - DISTRO_NAME = "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)" - - - - - Distribution configuration files are located in a - conf/distro directory within the - Metadata - that contains the distribution configuration. - - If the DISTRO_NAME variable is - blank, a set of default configurations are used, which - are specified within - meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf - also in the Source Directory. - - - - - - DISTRO_VERSION - - DISTRO_VERSION[doc] = "The version of the distribution." - - - - The version of the distribution. - - - - - DISTROOVERRIDES - - DISTROOVERRIDES[doc] = "A colon-separated list of overrides specific to the current distribution." - - - - A colon-separated list of overrides specific to the - current distribution. - By default, this list includes the value of - DISTRO. - - - - You can extend DISTROOVERRIDES - to add extra overrides that should apply to - the distribution. - - - - The underlying mechanism behind - DISTROOVERRIDES is simply that it - is included in the default value of - OVERRIDES. - - - - - DL_DIR - - DL_DIR[doc] = "The central download directory used by the build process to store downloads. By default, the directory is 'downloads' in the Build Directory." - - - - The central download directory used by the build process to - store downloads. - By default, DL_DIR gets files - suitable for mirroring for everything except Git - repositories. - If you want tarballs of Git repositories, use the - BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS - variable. - - - - You can set this directory by defining the - DL_DIR variable in the - conf/local.conf file. - This directory is self-maintaining and you should not have - to touch it. - By default, the directory is downloads - in the - Build Directory. - - #DL_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/downloads" - - To specify a different download directory, simply remove - the comment from the line and provide your directory. - - - - During a first build, the system downloads many different - source code tarballs from various upstream projects. - Downloading can take a while, particularly if your network - connection is slow. - Tarballs are all stored in the directory defined by - DL_DIR and the build system looks there - first to find source tarballs. - - When wiping and rebuilding, you can preserve this - directory to speed up this part of subsequent - builds. - - - - - You can safely share this directory between multiple builds - on the same development machine. - For additional information on how the build process gets - source files when working behind a firewall or proxy server, - see this specific question in the - "FAQ" - chapter. - You can also refer to the - "Working Behind a Network Proxy" - Wiki page. - - - - - DOC_COMPRESS - - DOC_COMPRESS[doc] = "When inheriting the compress_doc class, this variable sets the compression policy used when the OpenEmbedded build system compresses man pages and info pages." - - - - When inheriting the - compress_doc - class, this variable sets the compression policy used when - the OpenEmbedded build system compresses man pages and info - pages. - By default, the compression method used is gz (gzip). - Other policies available are xz and bz2. - - - - For information on policies and on how to use this - variable, see the comments in the - meta/classes/compress_doc.bbclass file. - - - - - - - E - - EFI_PROVIDER - - EFI_PROVIDER[doc] = "When building bootable images (i.e. where hddimg, iso, or wic.vmdk is in IMAGE_FSTYPES), the EFI_PROVIDER variable specifies the EFI bootloader to use." - - - - When building bootable images (i.e. where - hddimg, iso, - or wic.vmdk is in - IMAGE_FSTYPES), - the EFI_PROVIDER variable specifies - the EFI bootloader to use. - The default is "grub-efi", but "systemd-boot" can be used - instead. - - - - See the - systemd-boot - and - image-live - classes for more information. - - - - - ENABLE_BINARY_LOCALE_GENERATION - - ENABLE_BINARY_LOCALE_GENERATION[doc] = "Controls which locales for glibc are generated during the build. The variable is useful if the target device has 64Mbytes of RAM or less." - - - - Variable that controls which locales for - glibc are generated during the - build (useful if the target device has 64Mbytes - of RAM or less). - - - - - ERR_REPORT_DIR - - ERR_REPORT_DIR[doc] = "When used with the report-error class, specifies the path used for storing the debug files created by the error reporting tool, which allows you to submit build errors you encounter to a central database." - - - - When used with the - report-error - class, specifies the path used for storing the debug files - created by the - error reporting tool, - which allows you to submit build errors you encounter to a - central database. - By default, the value of this variable is - ${LOG_DIR}/error-report. - - - - You can set ERR_REPORT_DIR to the path - you want the error reporting tool to store the debug files - as follows in your local.conf file: - - ERR_REPORT_DIR = "path" - - - - - - ERROR_QA - - ERROR_QA[doc] = "Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as errors by the OpenEmbedded build system." - - - - Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are - reported as errors by the OpenEmbedded build system. - You set this variable in your distribution configuration - file. - For a list of the checks you can control with this variable, - see the - "insane.bbclass" - section. - - - - - EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS - - EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS[doc] = "Causes the OpenEmbedded build system's shared libraries resolver to exclude an entire package when scanning for shared libraries." - - - - Triggers the OpenEmbedded build system's shared libraries - resolver to exclude an entire package when scanning for - shared libraries. - - The shared libraries resolver's functionality results - in part from the internal function - package_do_shlibs, which is part of - the - do_package - task. - You should be aware that the shared libraries resolver - might implicitly define some dependencies between - packages. - - The EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS variable is - similar to the - PRIVATE_LIBS - variable, which excludes a package's particular libraries - only and not the whole package. - - - - Use the - EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS variable by - setting it to "1" for a particular package: - - EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS = "1" - - - - - - EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD - - EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD[doc] = "Directs BitBake to exclude a recipe from world builds (i.e. bitbake world)." - - - - Directs BitBake to exclude a recipe from world builds (i.e. - bitbake world). - During world builds, BitBake locates, parses and builds all - recipes found in every layer exposed in the - bblayers.conf configuration file. - - - - To exclude a recipe from a world build using this variable, - set the variable to "1" in the recipe. - - - - Recipes added to EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD - may still be built during a world build in order to satisfy - dependencies of other recipes. - Adding a recipe to EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD - only ensures that the recipe is not explicitly added - to the list of build targets in a world build. - - - - - EXTENDPE - - EXTENDPE[doc] = "Used with file and pathnames to create a prefix for a recipe's version based on the recipe's PE value. If PE is set and greater than zero for a recipe, EXTENDPE becomes that value." - - - - Used with file and pathnames to create a prefix for a recipe's - version based on the recipe's - PE value. - If PE is set and greater than zero for a recipe, - EXTENDPE becomes that value (e.g if - PE is equal to "1" then EXTENDPE - becomes "1_"). - If a recipe's PE is not set (the default) or is equal to - zero, EXTENDPE becomes "". - See the STAMP - variable for an example. - - - - - EXTENDPKGV - - EXTENDPKGV[doc] = "The full package version specification as it appears on the final packages produced by a recipe." - - - - The full package version specification as it appears on the - final packages produced by a recipe. - The variable's value is normally used to fix a runtime - dependency to the exact same version of another package - in the same recipe: - - RDEPENDS_${PN}-additional-module = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})" - - - - - The dependency relationships are intended to force the - package manager to upgrade these types of packages in - lock-step. - - - - - EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS - - EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS[doc] = "Indicates kernel tools are external to the source tree." - - - - When set, the EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS - variable indicates that these tools are not in the - source tree. - - - - When kernel tools are available in the tree, they are - preferred over any externally installed tools. - Setting the EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS - variable tells the OpenEmbedded build system to prefer - the installed external tools. - See the - kernel-yocto - class in meta/classes to see how - the variable is used. - - - - - EXTERNALSRC - - EXTERNALSRC[doc] = "If externalsrc.bbclass is inherited, this variable points to the source tree, which is outside of the OpenEmbedded build system." - - - - When inheriting the - externalsrc - class, this variable points to the source tree, which is - outside of the OpenEmbedded build system. - When set, this variable sets the - S - variable, which is what the OpenEmbedded build system uses - to locate unpacked recipe source code. - - - - For more information on - externalsrc.bbclass, see the - "externalsrc.bbclass" - section. - You can also find information on how to use this variable - in the - "Building Software from an External Source" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - EXTERNALSRC_BUILD - - EXTERNALSRC_BUILD[doc] = "If externalsrc.bbclass is inherited, this variable points to the directory in which the recipe's source code is built, which is outside of the OpenEmbedded build system." - - - - When inheriting the - externalsrc - class, this variable points to the directory in which the - recipe's source code is built, which is outside of the - OpenEmbedded build system. - When set, this variable sets the - B - variable, which is what the OpenEmbedded build system uses - to locate the Build Directory. - - - - For more information on - externalsrc.bbclass, see the - "externalsrc.bbclass" - section. - You can also find information on how to use this variable - in the - "Building Software from an External Source" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - EXTRA_AUTORECONF - - EXTRA_AUTORECONF[doc] = "Extra options passed to the autoreconf command, which is executed during do_configure." - - - - For recipes inheriting the - autotools - class, you can use EXTRA_AUTORECONF to - specify extra options to pass to the - autoreconf command that is - executed during the - do_configure - task. - - - - The default value is "--exclude=autopoint". - - - - - EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES - - EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES[doc] = "The list of additional features to include in an image. Configure this variable in the conf/local.conf file in the Build Directory." - - - - A list of additional features to include in an image. - When listing more than one feature, separate them with - a space. - - - - Typically, you configure this variable in your - local.conf file, which is found in the - Build Directory. - Although you can use this variable from within a recipe, - best practices dictate that you do not. - - To enable primary features from within the image - recipe, use the - IMAGE_FEATURES - variable. - - - - - Here are some examples of features you can add: - -"dbg-pkgs" - Adds -dbg packages for all installed packages - including symbol information for debugging and - profiling. - -"debug-tweaks" - Makes an image suitable for debugging. - For example, allows root logins without - passwords and enables post-installation - logging. See the 'allow-empty-password' - and 'post-install-logging' features in - the "Image Features" section for - more information. - -"dev-pkgs" - Adds -dev packages for all installed packages. - This is useful if you want to develop against - the libraries in the image. - -"read-only-rootfs" - Creates an image whose root - filesystem is read-only. See the - "Creating a Read-Only Root Filesystem" - section in the Yocto Project - Development Tasks Manual for - more information - -"tools-debug" - Adds debugging tools such as gdb and - strace. - -"tools-sdk" - Adds development tools such as gcc, make, - pkgconfig and so forth. - -"tools-testapps" - Adds useful testing tools such as - ts_print, aplay, arecord and so - forth. - - - - - - For a complete list of image features that ships with the - Yocto Project, see the - "Image Features" - section. - - - - For an example that shows how to customize your image by - using this variable, see the - "Customizing Images Using Custom IMAGE_FEATURES and EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - EXTRA_IMAGECMD - - EXTRA_IMAGECMD[doc] = "Specifies additional options for the image creation command that has been specified in IMAGE_CMD. When setting this variable, you should use an override for the associated image type." - - - - Specifies additional options for the image - creation command that has been specified in - IMAGE_CMD. - When setting this variable, use an override for the - associated image type. - Here is an example: - - EXTRA_IMAGECMD_ext3 ?= "-i 4096" - - - - - - EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS - - EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS[doc] = "A list of recipes to build that do not provide packages for installing into the root filesystem. Use this variable to list recipes that are required to build the final image, but not needed in the root filesystem." - - - - A list of recipes to build that do not provide packages - for installing into the root filesystem. - - - - Sometimes a recipe is required to build the final image but is not - needed in the root filesystem. - You can use the EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS variable to - list these recipes and thus specify the dependencies. - A typical example is a required bootloader in a machine configuration. - - - - To add packages to the root filesystem, see the various - *RDEPENDS - and *RRECOMMENDS - variables. - - - - - EXTRANATIVEPATH - - EXTRANATIVEPATH[doc] = "A list of subdirectories of ${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE} added to the beginning of the environment variable PATH." - - - - A list of subdirectories of - ${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE} - added to the beginning of the environment variable - PATH. - As an example, the following prepends - "${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/foo:${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/bar:" - to PATH: - - EXTRANATIVEPATH = "foo bar" - - - - - - EXTRA_OECMAKE - - EXTRA_OECMAKE[doc] = "Additional cmake options." - - - - Additional - CMake - options. - See the - cmake - class for additional information. - - - - - EXTRA_OECONF - - EXTRA_OECONF[doc] = "Additional configure script options." - - - - Additional configure script options. - See - PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS - for additional information on passing configure script - options. - - - - - EXTRA_OEMAKE - - EXTRA_OEMAKE[doc] = "Additional GNU make options." - - - - Additional GNU make options. - - - - Because the EXTRA_OEMAKE defaults to - "", you need to set the variable to specify any required - GNU options. - - - - PARALLEL_MAKE - and - PARALLEL_MAKEINST - also make use of - EXTRA_OEMAKE to pass the required - flags. - - - - - EXTRA_OESCONS - - EXTRA_OESCONS[doc] = "When a recipe inherits the scons class, this variable specifies additional configuration options you want to pass to the scons command line." - - - - When inheriting the - scons - class, this variable specifies additional configuration - options you want to pass to the - scons command line. - - - - - EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS - - EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS[doc] = "When a recipe inherits the extrausers class, this variable provides image level user and group operations." - - - - When inheriting the - extrausers - class, this variable provides image level user and group - operations. - This is a more global method of providing user and group - configuration as compared to using the - useradd - class, which ties user and group configurations to a - specific recipe. - - - - The set list of commands you can configure using the - EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS is shown in the - extrausers class. - These commands map to the normal Unix commands of the same - names: - - # EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ - # useradd -p '' tester; \ - # groupadd developers; \ - # userdel nobody; \ - # groupdel -g video; \ - # groupmod -g 1020 developers; \ - # usermod -s /bin/sh tester; \ - # " - - - - - - - - F - - FEATURE_PACKAGES - - FEATURE_PACKAGES[doc] = "Defines one or more packages to include in an image when a specific item is included in IMAGE_FEATURES. When setting the value, FEATURE_PACKAGES should have the name of the feature item as an override." - - - - Defines one or more packages to include in an image when - a specific item is included in - IMAGE_FEATURES. - When setting the value, FEATURE_PACKAGES - should have the name of the feature item as an override. - Here is an example: - - FEATURE_PACKAGES_widget = "package1 package2" - - - - - In this example, if "widget" were added to - IMAGE_FEATURES, package1 and - package2 would be included in the image. - - Packages installed by features defined through - FEATURE_PACKAGES are often package - groups. - While similarly named, you should not confuse the - FEATURE_PACKAGES variable with - package groups, which are discussed elsewhere in the - documentation. - - - - - - FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI - - FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI[doc] = "Allow to serve ipk deploy directory as an ad hoc feed (bogofeed). Set to base URL of the directory as exported by HTTP. Set of ad hoc feed configs will be generated in the image." - - - - Points to the base URL of the server and location within - the document-root that provides the metadata and - packages required by OPKG to support runtime package - management of IPK packages. - You set this variable in your - local.conf file. - - - - Consider the following example: - - FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI = "http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir" - - This example assumes you are serving your packages over - HTTP and your databases are located in a directory - named BOARD-dir, which is underneath - your HTTP server's document-root. - In this case, the OpenEmbedded build system generates a set - of configuration files for you in your target that work - with the feed. - - - - - FILES - - FILES[doc] = "The list of directories or files that are placed in a package." - - - - The list of files and directories that are placed in a - package. - The - PACKAGES - variable lists the packages generated by a recipe. - - - - To use the FILES variable, provide a - package name override that identifies the resulting package. - Then, provide a space-separated list of files or paths - that identify the files you want included as part of the - resulting package. - Here is an example: - - FILES_${PN} += "${bindir}/mydir1 ${bindir}/mydir2/myfile" - - Notes - - - When specifying files or paths, you can pattern - match using Python's - glob - syntax. - For details on the syntax, see the - documentation by following the previous link. - - - When specifying paths as part of the - FILES variable, it is - good practice to use appropriate path - variables. - For example, use ${sysconfdir} - rather than /etc, or - ${bindir} rather than - /usr/bin. - You can find a list of these variables at the - top of the - meta/conf/bitbake.conf - file in the - Source Directory. - You will also find the default values of the - various FILES_* variables - in this file. - - - - - - - If some of the files you provide with the - FILES variable are editable and you - know they should not be overwritten during the package - update process by the Package Management System (PMS), you - can identify these files so that the PMS will not - overwrite them. - See the - CONFFILES - variable for information on how to identify these files to - the PMS. - - - - - FILES_SOLIBSDEV - - FILES_SOLIBSDEV[doc] = "Defines the full path name of the development symbolic link (symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform." - - - - Defines the file specification to match - SOLIBSDEV. - In other words, FILES_SOLIBSDEV - defines the full path name of the development symbolic link - (symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform. - - - - The following statement from the - bitbake.conf shows how it is set: - - FILES_SOLIBSDEV ?= "${base_libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV}" - - - - - - FILESEXTRAPATHS - - FILESEXTRAPATHS[doc] = "Extends the search path the OpenEmbedded build system uses when looking for files and patches as it processes recipes and append files." - - - - Extends the search path the OpenEmbedded build system uses - when looking for files and patches as it processes recipes - and append files. - The default directories BitBake uses when it processes - recipes are initially defined by the - FILESPATH - variable. - You can extend FILESPATH variable - by using FILESEXTRAPATHS. - - - - Best practices dictate that you accomplish this by using - FILESEXTRAPATHS from within a - .bbappend file and that you prepend - paths as follows: - - FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" - - In the above example, the build system first looks for files - in a directory that has the same name as the corresponding - append file. - - When extending - FILESEXTRAPATHS, - be sure to use the immediate expansion - (:=) operator. - Immediate expansion makes sure that BitBake evaluates - THISDIR - at the time the directive is encountered rather than at - some later time when expansion might result in a - directory that does not contain the files you need. - - - Also, include the trailing separating colon - character if you are prepending. - The trailing colon character is necessary because you - are directing BitBake to extend the path by prepending - directories to the search path. - - Here is another common use: - - FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/files:" - - In this example, the build system extends the - FILESPATH variable to include a - directory named files that is in the - same directory as the corresponding append file. - - - - This next example specifically adds three paths: - - FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "path_1:path_2:path_3:" - - - - - A final example shows how you can extend the search path - and include a - MACHINE-specific - override, which is useful in a BSP layer: - - FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend_intel-x86-common := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" - - The previous statement appears in the - linux-yocto-dev.bbappend file, which - is found in the Yocto Project - Source Repositories - in - meta-intel/common/recipes-kernel/linux. - Here, the machine override is a special - PACKAGE_ARCH - definition for multiple meta-intel - machines. - - For a layer that supports a single BSP, the override - could just be the value of MACHINE. - - - - - By prepending paths in .bbappend - files, you allow multiple append files that reside in - different layers but are used for the same recipe to - correctly extend the path. - - - - - FILESOVERRIDES - - FILESOVERRIDES[doc] = "A subset of OVERRIDES used by the OpenEmbedded build system for creating FILESPATH." - - - - A subset of OVERRIDES - used by the OpenEmbedded build system for creating - FILESPATH. - The FILESOVERRIDES variable uses - overrides to automatically extend the - FILESPATH - variable. - For an example of how that works, see the - FILESPATH - variable description. - Additionally, you find more information on how overrides - are handled in the - "Conditional Syntax (Overrides)" - section of the BitBake User Manual. - - - - By default, the FILESOVERRIDES - variable is defined as: - - FILESOVERRIDES = "${TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH}:${MACHINEOVERRIDES}:${DISTROOVERRIDES}" - - - - Do not hand-edit the FILESOVERRIDES - variable. - The values match up with expected overrides and are - used in an expected manner by the build system. - - - - - - FILESPATH - - FILESPATH[doc] = "The default set of directories the OpenEmbedded build system uses when searching for patches and files. It is defined in the base.bbclass class found in meta/classes in the Source Directory. Do not hand-edit the FILESPATH variable." - - - - The default set of directories the OpenEmbedded build - system uses when searching for patches and files. - - - - During the build process, BitBake searches each directory - in FILESPATH in the specified order - when looking for files and patches specified by each - file:// URI in a recipe's - SRC_URI - statements. - - - - The default value for the FILESPATH - variable is defined in the base.bbclass - class found in meta/classes in the - Source Directory: - - FILESPATH = "${@base_set_filespath(["${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BP}", \ - "${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BPN}", "${FILE_DIRNAME}/files"], d)}" - - The FILESPATH variable is automatically - extended using the overrides from the - FILESOVERRIDES - variable. - Notes - - - Do not hand-edit the - FILESPATH variable. - If you want the build system to look in - directories other than the defaults, extend the - FILESPATH variable by - using the - FILESEXTRAPATHS - variable. - - - Be aware that the default - FILESPATH directories do - not map to directories in custom layers - where append files - (.bbappend) are used. - If you want the build system to find patches - or files that reside with your append files, - you need to extend the - FILESPATH variable by - using the FILESEXTRAPATHS - variable. - - - - - - - You can take advantage of this searching behavior in - useful ways. - For example, consider a case where the following - directory structure exists for general and machine-specific - configurations: - - files/defconfig - files/MACHINEA/defconfig - files/MACHINEB/defconfig - - Also in the example, the SRC_URI - statement contains "file://defconfig". - Given this scenario, you can set - MACHINE - to "MACHINEA" and cause the build system to use files - from files/MACHINEA. - Set MACHINE to "MACHINEB" and the - build system uses files from - files/MACHINEB. - Finally, for any machine other than "MACHINEA" and - "MACHINEB", the build system uses files from - files/defconfig. - - - - You can find out more about the patching process in the - "Patching" - section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual - and the - "Patching Code" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - See the - do_patch - task as well. - - - - - FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES - - FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES[doc] = "Allows you to define your own file permissions settings table as part of your configuration for the packaging process." - - - - Allows you to define your own file permissions settings table as part of - your configuration for the packaging process. - For example, suppose you need a consistent set of custom permissions for - a set of groups and users across an entire work project. - It is best to do this in the packages themselves but this is not always - possible. - - - - By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the fs-perms.txt, which - is located in the meta/files folder in the - Source Directory. - If you create your own file permissions setting table, you should place it in your - layer or the distro's layer. - - - - You define the FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES variable in the - conf/local.conf file, which is found in the - Build Directory, to - point to your custom fs-perms.txt. - You can specify more than a single file permissions setting table. - The paths you specify to these files must be defined within the - BBPATH variable. - - - - For guidance on how to create your own file permissions settings table file, - examine the existing fs-perms.txt. - - - - - FIT_HASH_ALG - - FIT_HASH_ALG[doc] = "Specifies the hash algorithm used in creating the FIT Image." - - - - Specifies the hash algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. - For e.g. sha256. - - - - - FIT_SIGN_ALG - - FIT_SIGN_ALG[doc] = "Specifies the signature algorithm used in creating the FIT Image." - - - - Specifies the signature algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. - For e.g. rsa2048. - - - - - FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS - - FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS[doc] = "When a recipe inherits the fontcache class, this variable specifies runtime dependencies for font packages. This variable defaults to 'fontconfig-utils'." - - - - When inheriting the - fontcache - class, this variable specifies the runtime dependencies - for font packages. - By default, the FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS - is set to "fontconfig-utils". - - - - - FONT_PACKAGES - - FONT_PACKAGES[doc] = "When a recipe inherits the fontcache class, this variable identifies packages containing font files that need to be cached by Fontconfig." - - - - When inheriting the - fontcache - class, this variable identifies packages containing font - files that need to be cached by Fontconfig. - By default, the fontcache class assumes - that fonts are in the recipe's main package - (i.e. ${PN}). - Use this variable if fonts you need are in a package - other than that main package. - - - - - FORCE_RO_REMOVE - - FORCE_RO_REMOVE[doc] = "Forces the removal of the packages listed in ROOTFS_RO_UNNEEDED during the generation of the root filesystem." - - - - Forces the removal of the packages listed in - ROOTFS_RO_UNNEEDED during the - generation of the root filesystem. - - - - Set the variable to "1" to force the removal of these - packages. - - - - - FULL_OPTIMIZATION - - FULL_OPTIMIZATION[doc]= "The options to pass in TARGET_CFLAGS and CFLAGS when compiling an optimized system. This variable defaults to '-fexpensive-optimizations -fomit-frame-pointer -frename-registers -O2'." - - - - The options to pass in - TARGET_CFLAGS - and CFLAGS - when compiling an optimized system. - This variable defaults to - "-O2 -pipe ${DEBUG_FLAGS}". - - - - - - G - - GCCPIE - - GCCPIE[doc] = "Enables Position Independent Executables (PIE) within the GNU C Compiler (GCC)." - - - - Enables Position Independent Executables (PIE) within the - GNU C Compiler (GCC). - Enabling PIE in the GCC makes Return Oriented Programming - (ROP) attacks much more difficult to - execute. - - - - By default the security_flags.inc - file enables PIE by setting the variable as follows: - - GCCPIE ?= "--enable-default-pie" - - - - - - GCCVERSION - - GCCVERSION[doc] = "Specifies the default version of the GNU C Compiler (GCC) to use." - - - - Specifies the default version of the GNU C Compiler (GCC) - used for compilation. - By default, GCCVERSION is set to - "8.x" in the - meta/conf/distro/include/tcmode-default.inc - include file: - - GCCVERSION ?= "8.%" - - You can override this value by setting it in a configuration - file such as the local.conf. - - - - - GDB - - GDB[doc] = "The minimal command and arguments to run the GNU Debugger." - - - - The minimal command and arguments to run the GNU Debugger. - - - - - GITDIR - - GITDIR[doc] = "The directory where Git clones will be stored." - - - - The directory in which a local copy of a Git repository - is stored when it is cloned. - - - - - GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES - - GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES[doc]= "Specifies the list of GLIBC locales to generate should you not wish to generate all LIBC locals, which can be time consuming." - - - - Specifies the list of GLIBC locales to generate should you - not wish to generate all LIBC locals, which can be time - consuming. - - If you specifically remove the locale - en_US.UTF-8, you must set - IMAGE_LINGUAS - appropriately. - - - - - You can set GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES - in your local.conf file. - By default, all locales are generated. - - GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES = "en_GB.UTF-8 en_US.UTF-8" - - - - - - GROUPADD_PARAM - - GROUPADD_PARAM[doc] = "When a recipe inherits the useradd class, this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be passed to the groupadd command if you wish to add a group to the system when the package is installed." - - - - When inheriting the - useradd - class, this variable - specifies for a package what parameters should be passed - to the groupadd command - if you wish to add a group to the system when the package - is installed. - - - - Here is an example from the dbus - recipe: - - GROUPADD_PARAM_${PN} = "-r netdev" - - For information on the standard Linux shell command - groupadd, see - . - - - - - GROUPMEMS_PARAM - - GROUPMEMS_PARAM[doc] = "When a recipe inherits the useradd class, this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be passed to the groupmems command if you wish to modify the members of a group when the package is installed." - - - - When inheriting the - useradd - class, this variable - specifies for a package what parameters should be passed - to the groupmems command - if you wish to modify the members of a group when the - package is installed. - - - - For information on the standard Linux shell command - groupmems, see - . - - - - - GRUB_GFXSERIAL - - GRUB_GFXSERIAL[doc] = "Configures the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) to have graphics and serial in the boot menu." - - - - Configures the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) to have - graphics and serial in the boot menu. - Set this variable to "1" in your - local.conf or distribution - configuration file to enable graphics and serial - in the menu. - - - - See the - grub-efi - class for more information on how this variable is used. - - - - - GRUB_OPTS - - GRUB_OPTS[doc] = "Additional options to add to the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) configuration." - - - - Additional options to add to the GNU GRand Unified - Bootloader (GRUB) configuration. - Use a semi-colon character (;) to - separate multiple options. - - - - The GRUB_OPTS variable is optional. - See the - grub-efi - class for more information on how this variable is used. - - - - - GRUB_TIMEOUT - - GRUB_TIMEOUT[doc] = "Specifies the timeout before executing the default LABEL in the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB)." - - - - Specifies the timeout before executing the default - LABEL in the GNU GRand Unified - Bootloader (GRUB). - - - - The GRUB_TIMEOUT variable is optional. - See the - grub-efi - class for more information on how this variable is used. - - - - - GTKIMMODULES_PACKAGES - - GTKIMMODULES_PACKAGES[doc] = "For recipes that inherit the gtk-immodules-cache class, this variable specifies the packages that contain the GTK+ input method modules being installed when the modules are in packages other than the main package." - - - - When inheriting the - gtk-immodules-cache - class, this variable specifies the packages that contain the - GTK+ input method modules being installed when the modules - are in packages other than the main package. - - - - - - - H - - HOMEPAGE - - HOMEPAGE[doc] = "Website where more information about the software the recipe is building can be found." - - - - Website where more information about the software the recipe is building - can be found. - - - - - HOST_ARCH - - HOST_ARCH[doc] = "The name of the target architecture. Normally same as the TARGET_ARCH." - - - - - The name of the target architecture, which is normally - the same as - TARGET_ARCH. - The OpenEmbedded build system supports many - architectures. - Here is an example list of architectures supported. - This list is by no means complete as the architecture - is configurable: - - arm - i586 - x86_64 - powerpc - powerpc64 - mips - mipsel - - - - - - HOST_CC_ARCH - - HOST_CC_ARCH[doc] = "The name of the host architecture. Normally same as the TARGET_CC_ARCH." - - - - Specifies architecture-specific compiler flags that are - passed to the C compiler. - - - - Default initialization for HOST_CC_ARCH - varies depending on what is being built: - - - TARGET_CC_ARCH - when building for the target - - - BUILD_CC_ARCH - when building for the build host (i.e. - -native) - - - BUILDSDK_CC_ARCH - when building for an SDK (i.e. - nativesdk-) - - - - - - - HOST_OS - - HOST_OS[doc] = "The name of the target operating system. Normally the same as the TARGET_OS." - - - - Specifies the name of the target operating system, which - is normally the same as the - TARGET_OS. - The variable can be set to "linux" for glibc-based systems and - to "linux-musl" for musl. - For ARM/EABI targets, there are also "linux-gnueabi" and - "linux-musleabi" values possible. - - - - - HOST_PREFIX - - HOST_PREFIX[doc] = "The prefix for the cross compile toolchain. Normally same as the TARGET_PREFIX." - - - - Specifies the prefix for the cross-compile toolchain. - HOST_PREFIX is normally the same as - TARGET_PREFIX. - - - - - HOST_SYS - - HOST_SYS[doc] = "Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the current recipe." - - - - Specifies the system, including the architecture and the - operating system, for which the build is occurring - in the context of the current recipe. - - - - The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this - variable based on - HOST_ARCH, - HOST_VENDOR, - and - HOST_OS - variables. - - You do not need to set the variable yourself. - - - - - Consider these two examples: - - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit - x86 machine running Linux, the value is - "i686-linux". - - Given a recipe being built for a - little-endian MIPS target running Linux, - the value might be "mipsel-linux". - - - - - - - HOSTTOOLS - - HOSTTOOLS[doc] = "A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that should be allowed to be called from within build tasks." - - - - A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host - that should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. - Using this filter helps reduce the possibility of host - contamination. - If a tool specified in the value of - HOSTTOOLS is not found on the - build host, the OpenEmbedded build system produces - an error and the build is not started. - - - - For additional information, see - HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL. - - - - - HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL - - HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL[doc] = "A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that should be allowed to be called from within build tasks." - - - - A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host - that should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. - Using this filter helps reduce the possibility of host - contamination. - Unlike - HOSTTOOLS, - the OpenEmbedded build system does not produce an error - if a tool specified in the value of - HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL is not found on the - build host. - Thus, you can use HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL - to filter optional host tools. - - - - - HOST_VENDOR - - HOST_VENDOR[doc] = "The name of the vendor. Normally same as the TARGET_VENDOR." - - - - Specifies the name of the vendor. - HOST_VENDOR is normally the same as - TARGET_VENDOR. - - - - - - - I - - ICECC_DISABLED - - ICECC_DISABLED[doc] = "Disables or enables the icecc (Icecream) function." - - - - Disables or enables the icecc - (Icecream) function. - For more information on this function and best practices - for using this variable, see the - "icecc.bbclass" - section. - - - - Setting this variable to "1" in your - local.conf disables the function: - - ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1" - - To enable the function, set the variable as follows: - - ICECC_DISABLED = "" - - - - - - ICECC_ENV_EXEC - - ICECC_ENV_EXEC[doc] = "Points to the icecc-create-env script that you provide." - - - - Points to the icecc-create-env script - that you provide. - This variable is used by the - icecc - class. - You set this variable in your - local.conf file. - - - - If you do not point to a script that you provide, the - OpenEmbedded build system uses the default script provided - by the icecc-create-env.bb recipe, - which is a modified version and not the one that comes with - icecc. - - - - - ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE - - ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE[doc] = "Extra options passed to the make command during the do_compile task that specify parallel compilation." - - - - Extra options passed to the make - command during the - do_compile - task that specify parallel compilation. - This variable usually takes the form of - "-j x", where - x represents the maximum - number of parallel threads make can - run. - - The options passed affect builds on all enabled - machines on the network, which are machines running the - iceccd daemon. - - - - - If your enabled machines support multiple cores, - coming up with the maximum number of parallel threads - that gives you the best performance could take some - experimentation since machine speed, network lag, - available memory, and existing machine loads can all - affect build time. - Consequently, unlike the - PARALLEL_MAKE - variable, there is no rule-of-thumb for setting - ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE to achieve - optimal performance. - - - - If you do not set ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE, - the build system does not use it (i.e. the system does - not detect and assign the number of cores as is done with - PARALLEL_MAKE). - - - - - ICECC_PATH - - ICECC_PATH[doc] = "The location of the icecc binary." - - - - The location of the icecc binary. - You can set this variable in your - local.conf file. - If your local.conf file does not define - this variable, the - icecc - class attempts to define it by locating - icecc using which. - - - - - ICECC_USER_CLASS_BL - - ICECC_USER_CLASS_BL[doc] = "Identifies user classes that you do not want the Icecream distributed compile support to consider." - - - - Identifies user classes that you do not want the - Icecream distributed compile support to consider. - This variable is used by the - icecc - class. - You set this variable in your - local.conf file. - - - - When you list classes using this variable, you are - "blacklisting" them from distributed compilation across - remote hosts. - Any classes you list will be distributed and compiled - locally. - - - - - ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_BL - - ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_BL[doc] = "Identifies user recipes that you do not want the Icecream distributed compile support to consider." - - - - Identifies user recipes that you do not want the - Icecream distributed compile support to consider. - This variable is used by the - icecc - class. - You set this variable in your - local.conf file. - - - - When you list packages using this variable, you are - "blacklisting" them from distributed compilation across - remote hosts. - Any packages you list will be distributed and compiled - locally. - - - - - ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_WL - - ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_WL[doc] = "Identifies user recipes that use an empty PARALLEL_MAKE variable that you want to force remote distributed compilation on using the Icecream distributed compile support." - - - - Identifies user recipes that use an empty - PARALLEL_MAKE - variable that you want to force remote distributed - compilation on using the Icecream distributed compile - support. - This variable is used by the - icecc - class. - You set this variable in your - local.conf file. - - - - - IMAGE_BASENAME - - IMAGE_BASENAME[doc] = "The base name of image output files." - - - - The base name of image output files. - This variable defaults to the recipe name - (${PN}). - - - - - IMAGE_BOOT_FILES - - IMAGE_BOOT_FILES[doc] = "A space-separated list of files from ${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE} to place in boot partition." - - - - A space-separated list of files installed into the - boot partition when preparing an image using the Wic tool - with the bootimg-partition or bootimg-efi source - plugin. - By default, the files are installed under the same name as - the source files. - To change the installed name, separate it from the - original name with a semi-colon (;). - Source files need to be located in - DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE. - Here are two examples: - - - IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.img uImage;kernel" - IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.${UBOOT_SUFFIX} ${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}" - - - - - Alternatively, source files can be picked up using - a glob pattern. - In this case, the destination file must have the same name - as the base name of the source file path. - To install files into a directory within the - target location, pass its name after a semi-colon - (;). - Here are two examples: - - IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*" - IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*;boot/" - - The first example installs all files from - ${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/bcm2835-bootfiles - into the root of the target partition. - The second example installs the same files into a - boot directory within the - target partition. - - - - You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the - "Creating Partitioned Images Using Wic" - section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - Reference material for Wic is located in the - "OpenEmbedded Kickstart (.wks) Reference" - chapter. - - - - - IMAGE_CLASSES - - IMAGE_CLASSES[doc] = "A list of classes that all images should inherit." - - - - A list of classes that all images should inherit. - You typically use this variable to specify the list of - classes that register the different types of images - the OpenEmbedded build system creates. - - - - The default value for IMAGE_CLASSES is - image_types. - You can set this variable in your - local.conf or in a distribution - configuration file. - - - - For more information, see - meta/classes/image_types.bbclass in the - Source Directory. - - - - - IMAGE_CMD - - IMAGE_CMD[doc] = "Specifies the command to create the image file for a specific image type, which corresponds to the value set set in IMAGE_FSTYPES, (e.g. ext3, btrfs, and so forth)." - - - - Specifies the command to create the image file for a - specific image type, which corresponds to the value set - set in - IMAGE_FSTYPES, - (e.g. ext3, - btrfs, and so forth). - When setting this variable, you should use - an override for the associated type. - Here is an example: - - IMAGE_CMD_jffs2 = "mkfs.jffs2 --root=${IMAGE_ROOTFS} \ - --faketime --output=${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.jffs2 \ - ${EXTRA_IMAGECMD}" - - - - - You typically do not need to set this variable unless - you are adding support for a new image type. - For more examples on how to set this variable, see the - image_types - class file, which is - meta/classes/image_types.bbclass. - - - - - IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES - - IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES[doc] = "Specifies one or more files that contain custom device tables that are passed to the makedevs command as part of creating an image." - - - - Specifies one or more files that contain custom device - tables that are passed to the - makedevs command as part of creating - an image. - These files list basic device nodes that should be - created under /dev within the image. - If IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES is not set, - files/device_table-minimal.txt is - used, which is located by - BBPATH. - For details on how you should write device table files, - see meta/files/device_table-minimal.txt - as an example. - - - - - IMAGE_FEATURES - - IMAGE_FEATURES[doc] = "The primary list of features to include in an image. Configure this variable in an image recipe." - - - - The primary list of features to include in an image. - Typically, you configure this variable in an image recipe. - Although you can use this variable from your - local.conf file, which is found in the - Build Directory, - best practices dictate that you do not. - - To enable extra features from outside the image recipe, - use the - EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES variable. - - - - - For a list of image features that ships with the Yocto - Project, see the - "Image Features" - section. - - - - For an example that shows how to customize your image by - using this variable, see the - "Customizing Images Using Custom IMAGE_FEATURES and EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - IMAGE_FSTYPES - - IMAGE_FSTYPES[doc] = "Formats of root filesystem images that you want to have created." - - - - Specifies the formats the OpenEmbedded build system uses - during the build when creating the root filesystem. - For example, setting IMAGE_FSTYPES - as follows causes the build system to create root - filesystems using two formats: .ext3 - and .tar.bz2: - - IMAGE_FSTYPES = "ext3 tar.bz2" - - - - - For the complete list of supported image formats from which - you can choose, see - IMAGE_TYPES. - - - Notes - - - If an image recipe uses the "inherit image" line - and you are setting - IMAGE_FSTYPES inside the - recipe, you must set - IMAGE_FSTYPES prior to - using the "inherit image" line. - - - Due to the way the OpenEmbedded build system - processes this variable, you cannot update its - contents by using _append or - _prepend. - You must use the += - operator to add one or more options to the - IMAGE_FSTYPES variable. - - - - - - - IMAGE_INSTALL - - IMAGE_INSTALL[doc] = "Used by recipes to specify the packages to install into an image through image.bbclass." - - - - Used by recipes to specify the packages to install into an - image through the - image - class. - Use the IMAGE_INSTALL variable with - care to avoid ordering issues. - - - - Image recipes set IMAGE_INSTALL - to specify the packages to install into an image through - image.bbclass. - Additionally, "helper" classes such as the - core-image - class exist that can take lists used with - IMAGE_FEATURES - and turn them into auto-generated entries in - IMAGE_INSTALL in addition to its - default contents. - - - - When you use this variable, it is best to use it as follows: - - IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " package-name" - - Be sure to include the space between the quotation character - and the start of the package name or names. - Caution - - - When working with a - core-image-minimal-initramfs - image, do not use the - IMAGE_INSTALL variable to - specify packages for installation. - Instead, use the - PACKAGE_INSTALL - variable, which allows the initial RAM - filesystem (initramfs) recipe to use a fixed - set of packages and not be affected by - IMAGE_INSTALL. - For information on creating an initramfs, see - the - "Building an Initial RAM Filesystem (initramfs) Image" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks - Manual. - - - Using IMAGE_INSTALL with - the - += - BitBake operator within the - /conf/local.conf file or - from within an image recipe is not recommended. - Use of this operator in these ways can cause - ordering issues. - Since core-image.bbclass - sets IMAGE_INSTALL to a - default value using the - ?= - operator, using a += - operation against - IMAGE_INSTALL results in - unexpected behavior when used within - conf/local.conf. - Furthermore, the same operation from within - an image recipe may or may not succeed - depending on the specific situation. - In both these cases, the behavior is contrary - to how most users expect the - += operator to work. - - - - - - - - IMAGE_LINGUAS - - IMAGE_LINGUAS[doc] = "Specifies the list of locales to install into the image during the root filesystem construction process." - - - - Specifies the list of locales to install into the image - during the root filesystem construction process. - The OpenEmbedded build system automatically splits locale - files, which are used for localization, into separate - packages. - Setting the IMAGE_LINGUAS variable - ensures that any locale packages that correspond to packages - already selected for installation into the image are also - installed. - Here is an example: - - IMAGE_LINGUAS = "pt-br de-de" - - - - - In this example, the build system ensures any Brazilian - Portuguese and German locale files that correspond to - packages in the image are installed (i.e. - *-locale-pt-br - and *-locale-de-de as well as - *-locale-pt - and *-locale-de, since some software - packages only provide locale files by language and not by - country-specific language). - - - - See the - GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES - variable for information on generating GLIBC locales. - - - - - IMAGE_MANIFEST - - IMAGE_MANIFEST[doc] = "The manifest file for the image. This file lists all the installed packages that make up the image." - - - - The manifest file for the image. - This file lists all the installed packages that make up - the image. - The file contains package information on a line-per-package - basis as follows: - - packagename packagearch version - - - - - The - image - class defines the manifest file as follows: - - IMAGE_MANIFEST = "${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.manifest" - - The location is derived using the - DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE - and - IMAGE_NAME - variables. - You can find information on how the image - is created in the - "Image Generation" - section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. - - - - - IMAGE_NAME - - IMAGE_NAME[doc] = "The name of the output image files minus the extension." - - - - The name of the output image files minus the extension. - This variable is derived using the - IMAGE_BASENAME, - MACHINE, - and - DATETIME - variables: - - IMAGE_NAME = "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}-${DATETIME}" - - - - - - IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR - - IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR[doc] = "Defines a multiplier that the build system applies to the initial image size for cases when the multiplier times the returned disk usage value for the image is greater than the sum of IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE and IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE." - - - - Defines a multiplier that the build system applies to the initial image - size for cases when the multiplier times the returned disk usage value - for the image is greater than the sum of - IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE - and - IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE. - The result of the multiplier applied to the initial image size creates - free disk space in the image as overhead. - By default, the build process uses a multiplier of 1.3 for this variable. - This default value results in 30% free disk space added to the image when this - method is used to determine the final generated image size. - You should be aware that post install scripts and the package management - system uses disk space inside this overhead area. - Consequently, the multiplier does not produce an image with - all the theoretical free disk space. - See IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE - for information on how the build system determines the overall image size. - - - - The default 30% free disk space typically gives the image enough room to boot - and allows for basic post installs while still leaving a small amount of - free disk space. - If 30% free space is inadequate, you can increase the default value. - For example, the following setting gives you 50% free space added to the image: - - IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR = "1.5" - - - - - Alternatively, you can ensure a specific amount of free disk space is added - to the image by using the - IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE - variable. - - - - - IMAGE_PKGTYPE - - IMAGE_PKGTYPE[doc] = "Defines the package type (i.e. DEB, RPM, IPK, or TAR) used by the OpenEmbedded build system." - - - - Defines the package type (i.e. DEB, RPM, IPK, or TAR) used - by the OpenEmbedded build system. - The variable is defined appropriately by the - package_deb, - package_rpm, - package_ipk, - or - package_tar - class. - Warning - The package_tar class is broken - and is not supported. - It is recommended that you do not use it. - - - - - The - populate_sdk_* - and - image - classes use the IMAGE_PKGTYPE for - packaging up images and SDKs. - - - - You should not set the IMAGE_PKGTYPE - manually. - Rather, the variable is set indirectly through the - appropriate - package_* - class using the - PACKAGE_CLASSES - variable. - The OpenEmbedded build system uses the first package type - (e.g. DEB, RPM, or IPK) that appears with the variable - - Files using the .tar format are - never used as a substitute packaging format for DEB, - RPM, and IPK formatted files for your image or SDK. - - - - - - IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND - - IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND[doc] = "Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build system creates the final image output files." - - - - Specifies a list of functions to call once the - OpenEmbedded build system creates the final image - output files. - You can specify functions separated by semicolons: - - IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " - - - - - If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command - within the function, you can use - ${IMAGE_ROOTFS}, which points to - the directory that becomes the root filesystem image. - See the - IMAGE_ROOTFS - variable for more information. - - - - - IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND - - IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND[doc] = "Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build system creates the final image output files." - - - - Specifies a list of functions to call before the - OpenEmbedded build system creates the final image - output files. - You can specify functions separated by semicolons: - - IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " - - - - - If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command - within the function, you can use - ${IMAGE_ROOTFS}, which points to - the directory that becomes the root filesystem image. - See the - IMAGE_ROOTFS - variable for more information. - - - - - IMAGE_ROOTFS - - IMAGE_ROOTFS[doc] = "The location of the root filesystem while it is under construction (i.e. during do_rootfs)." - - - - The location of the root filesystem while it is under - construction (i.e. during the - do_rootfs - task). - This variable is not configurable. - Do not change it. - - - - - IMAGE_ROOTFS_ALIGNMENT - - IMAGE_ROOTFS_ALIGNMENT[doc] = "Specifies the alignment for the output image file in Kbytes." - - - - Specifies the alignment for the output image file in - Kbytes. - If the size of the image is not a multiple of - this value, then the size is rounded up to the nearest - multiple of the value. - The default value is "1". - See - IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE - for additional information. - - - - - IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE - - IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE[doc] = "Defines additional free disk space created in the image in Kbytes. By default, this variable is set to '0'." - - - - Defines additional free disk space created in the image in Kbytes. - By default, this variable is set to "0". - This free disk space is added to the image after the build system determines - the image size as described in - IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE. - - - - This variable is particularly useful when you want to ensure that a - specific amount of free disk space is available on a device after an image - is installed and running. - For example, to be sure 5 Gbytes of free disk space is available, set the - variable as follows: - - IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "5242880" - - - - - For example, the Yocto Project Build Appliance specifically requests 40 Gbytes - of extra space with the line: - - IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "41943040" - - - - - - IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE - - IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE[doc] = "Defines the size in Kbytes for the generated image." - - - - Defines the size in Kbytes for the generated image. - The OpenEmbedded build system determines the final size for the generated - image using an algorithm that takes into account the initial disk space used - for the generated image, a requested size for the image, and requested - additional free disk space to be added to the image. - Programatically, the build system determines the final size of the - generated image as follows: - - if (image-du * overhead) < rootfs-size: - internal-rootfs-size = rootfs-size + xspace - else: - internal-rootfs-size = (image-du * overhead) + xspace - - where: - - image-du = Returned value of the du command on - the image. - - overhead = IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR - - rootfs-size = IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE - - internal-rootfs-size = Initial root filesystem - size before any modifications. - - xspace = IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE - - - - - See the IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR - and IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE - variables for related information. - - - - - - IMAGE_TYPEDEP - - IMAGE_TYPEDEP[doc] = "Specifies a dependency from one image type on another." - - - - Specifies a dependency from one image type on another. - Here is an example from the - image-live - class: - - IMAGE_TYPEDEP_live = "ext3" - - - - - In the previous example, the variable ensures that when - "live" is listed with the - IMAGE_FSTYPES - variable, the OpenEmbedded build system produces an - ext3 image first since one of the - components of the live - image is an ext3 - formatted partition containing the root - filesystem. - - - - - IMAGE_TYPES - - IMAGE_TYPES[doc] = "Specifies the complete list of supported image types by default." - - - - Specifies the complete list of supported image types - by default: - - btrfs - container - cpio - cpio.gz - cpio.lz4 - cpio.lzma - cpio.xz - cramfs - ext2 - ext2.bz2 - ext2.gz - ext2.lzma - ext3 - ext3.gz - ext4 - ext4.gz - f2fs - hddimg - iso - jffs2 - jffs2.sum - multiubi - squashfs - squashfs-lz4 - squashfs-lzo - squashfs-xz - tar - tar.bz2 - tar.gz - tar.lz4 - tar.xz - tar.zst - ubi - ubifs - wic - wic.bz2 - wic.gz - wic.lzma - - - - - For more information about these types of images, see - meta/classes/image_types*.bbclass - in the - Source Directory. - - - - - INC_PR - - INC_PR[doc] = "Helps define the recipe revision for recipes that share a common include file." - - - - Helps define the recipe revision for recipes that share - a common include file. - You can think of this variable as part of the recipe revision - as set from within an include file. - - - - Suppose, for example, you have a set of recipes that - are used across several projects. - And, within each of those recipes the revision - (its PR - value) is set accordingly. - In this case, when the revision of those recipes changes, - the burden is on you to find all those recipes and - be sure that they get changed to reflect the updated - version of the recipe. - In this scenario, it can get complicated when recipes - that are used in many places and provide common functionality - are upgraded to a new revision. - - - - A more efficient way of dealing with this situation is - to set the INC_PR variable inside - the include files that the recipes - share and then expand the INC_PR - variable within the recipes to help - define the recipe revision. - - - - The following provides an example that shows how to use - the INC_PR variable - given a common include file that - defines the variable. - Once the variable is defined in the - include file, you can use the - variable to set the PR values in - each recipe. - You will notice that when you set a recipe's - PR you can provide more granular - revisioning by appending values to the - INC_PR variable: - - recipes-graphics/xorg-font/xorg-font-common.inc:INC_PR = "r2" - recipes-graphics/xorg-font/encodings_1.0.4.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.1" - recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-util_1.3.0.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.0" - recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-alias_1.0.3.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.3" - - The first line of the example establishes the baseline - revision to be used for all recipes that use the - include file. - The remaining lines in the example are from individual - recipes and show how the PR value - is set. - - - - - INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE - - INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE[doc] = "Specifies a space-separated list of license names (as they would appear in LICENSE) that should be excluded from the build." - - - - Specifies a space-separated list of license names - (as they would appear in - LICENSE) - that should be excluded from the build. - Recipes that provide no alternatives to listed incompatible - licenses are not built. - Packages that are individually licensed with the specified - incompatible licenses will be deleted. - - - - This functionality is only regularly tested using - the following setting: - - INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPL-3.0 LGPL-3.0 AGPL-3.0" - - Although you can use other settings, you might be required - to remove dependencies on or provide alternatives to - components that are required to produce a functional system - image. - - - Tips - It is possible to define a list of licenses that are allowed - to be used instead of the licenses that are excluded. To do - this, define a - variable COMPATIBLE_LICENSES with the - names of the licences that are allowed. Then - define INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE as: - - INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "${@' '.join(sorted(set(d.getVar('AVAILABLE_LICENSES').split()) - set(d.getVar('COMPATIBLE_LICENSES').split())))}" - - This will result - in INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE containing the - names of all licences - from AVAILABLE_LICENSES - except the ones specified - in COMPATIBLE_LICENSES, thus only - allowing the latter licences to be used. - - - - - INHERIT - - INHERIT[doc] = "Causes the named class or classes to be inherited globally." - - - - Causes the named class or classes to be inherited globally. - Anonymous functions in the class or classes - are not executed for the - base configuration and in each individual recipe. - The OpenEmbedded build system ignores changes to - INHERIT in individual recipes. - - - - For more information on INHERIT, see - the - "INHERIT Configuration Directive" - section in the Bitbake User Manual. - - - - - INHERIT_DISTRO - - INHERIT_DISTRO[doc] = "Lists classes that will be inherited at the distribution level. It is unlikely that you want to edit this variable." - - - - Lists classes that will be inherited at the - distribution level. - It is unlikely that you want to edit this variable. - - - - The default value of the variable is set as follows in the - meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf - file: - - INHERIT_DISTRO ?= "debian devshell sstate license" - - - - - - INHIBIT_DEFAULT_DEPS - - INHIBIT_DEFAULT_DEPS[doc] = "Prevents the default dependencies, namely the C compiler and standard C library (libc), from being added to DEPENDS." - - - - Prevents the default dependencies, namely the C compiler - and standard C library (libc), from being added to - DEPENDS. - This variable is usually used within recipes that do not - require any compilation using the C compiler. - - - - Set the variable to "1" to prevent the default dependencies - from being added. - - - - - INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT - - INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT[doc] = "If set to "1", prevents the OpenEmbedded build system from splitting out debug information during packaging" - - - - Prevents the OpenEmbedded build system from splitting - out debug information during packaging. - By default, the build system splits out debugging - information during the - do_package - task. - For more information on how debug information is split out, - see the - PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE - variable. - - - - To prevent the build system from splitting out - debug information during packaging, set the - INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT variable - as follows: - - INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT = "1" - - - - - - INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP - - INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP[doc] = "If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in resulting packages." - - - - If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in - resulting packages and prevents the - -dbg package from containing the - source files. - - - - By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips - binaries and puts the debugging symbols into - ${PN}-dbg. - Consequently, you should not set - INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP when you plan - to debug in general. - - - - - INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP - - INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP[doc] = "If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in the resulting sysroot." - - - - If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in - the resulting sysroot. - - - - By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips - binaries in the resulting sysroot. - When you specifically set the - INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP variable to - "1" in your recipe, you inhibit this stripping. - - - - If you want to use this variable, include the - staging - class. - This class uses a sys_strip() - function to test for the variable and acts accordingly. - - Use of the INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP - variable occurs in rare and special circumstances. - For example, suppose you are building bare-metal - firmware by using an external GCC toolchain. - Furthermore, even if the toolchain's binaries are - strippable, other files exist that are needed for the - build that are not strippable. - - - - - - INITRAMFS_FSTYPES - - INITRAMFS_FSTYPES[doc] = "Defines the format for the output image of an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs), which is used during boot." - - - - Defines the format for the output image of an initial - RAM filesystem (initramfs), which is used during boot. - Supported formats are the same as those supported by the - IMAGE_FSTYPES - variable. - - - - The default value of this variable, which is set in the - meta/conf/bitbake.conf configuration - file in the - Source Directory, - is "cpio.gz". - The Linux kernel's initramfs mechanism, as opposed to the - initial RAM filesystem - initrd - mechanism, expects an optionally compressed cpio - archive. - - - - - INITRAMFS_IMAGE - - INITRAMFS_IMAGE[doc] = "Specifies the PROVIDES name of an image recipe that is used to build an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) image." - - - - Specifies the - PROVIDES - name of an image recipe that is used to build an initial - RAM filesystem (initramfs) image. - In other words, the INITRAMFS_IMAGE - variable causes an additional recipe to be built as - a dependency to whatever root filesystem recipe you - might be using (e.g. core-image-sato). - The initramfs image recipe you provide should set - IMAGE_FSTYPES - to - INITRAMFS_FSTYPES. - - - - An initramfs image provides a temporary root filesystem - used for early system initialization (e.g. loading of - modules needed to locate and mount the "real" root - filesystem). - - See the meta/recipes-core/images/core-image-minimal-initramfs.bb - recipe in the - Source Directory - for an example initramfs recipe. - To select this sample recipe as the one built - to provide the initramfs image, - set INITRAMFS_IMAGE to - "core-image-minimal-initramfs". - - - - - You can also find more information by referencing the - meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended - configuration file in the Source Directory, - the - image - class, and the - kernel - class to see how to use the - INITRAMFS_IMAGE variable. - - - - If INITRAMFS_IMAGE is empty, which is - the default, then no initramfs image is built. - - - - For more information, you can also see the - INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE - variable, which allows the generated image to be bundled - inside the kernel image. - Additionally, for information on creating an initramfs - image, see the - "Building an Initial RAM Filesystem (initramfs) Image" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE - - INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE[doc] = "Controls whether or not the image recipe specified by INITRAMFS_IMAGE is run through an extra pass (do_bundle_initramfs) during kernel compilation in order to build a single binary that contains both the kernel image and the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs)." - - - - Controls whether or not the image recipe specified by - INITRAMFS_IMAGE - is run through an extra pass - (do_bundle_initramfs) - during kernel compilation in order to build a single binary - that contains both the kernel image and the initial RAM - filesystem (initramfs) image. - This makes use of the - CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE - kernel feature. - - Using an extra compilation pass to bundle the initramfs - avoids a circular dependency between the kernel recipe and - the initramfs recipe should the initramfs include kernel - modules. - Should that be the case, the initramfs recipe depends on - the kernel for the kernel modules, and the kernel depends - on the initramfs recipe since the initramfs is bundled - inside the kernel image. - - - - - The combined binary is deposited into the - tmp/deploy directory, which is part - of the - Build Directory. - - - - Setting the variable to "1" in a configuration file causes the - OpenEmbedded build system to generate a kernel image with the - initramfs specified in INITRAMFS_IMAGE - bundled within: - - INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE = "1" - - By default, the - kernel - class sets this variable to a null string as follows: - - INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE ?= "" - - - You must set the - INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE variable in - a configuration file. - You cannot set the variable in a recipe file. - - See the - local.conf.sample.extended - file for additional information. - Also, for information on creating an initramfs, see the - "Building an Initial RAM Filesystem (initramfs) Image" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME - - INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME[doc] = "The link name of the initial RAM filesystem image." - - - - The link name of the initial RAM filesystem image. - This variable is set in the - meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass - file as follows: - - INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" - - The value of the KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME - variable, which is set in the same file, has the following - value: - - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" - - - - - See the - MACHINE - variable for additional information. - - - - - INITRAMFS_NAME - - INITRAMFS_NAME[doc] = "The base name of the initial RAM filesystem image." - - - - The base name of the initial RAM filesystem image. - This variable is set in the - meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass - file as follows: - - INITRAMFS_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" - - The value of the - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME - variable, which is set in the same file, has the following - value: - - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" - - - - - - INITRD - - INITRD[doc] = "Indicates a list of filesystem images to concatenate and use as an initial RAM disk (initrd)." - - - - Indicates list of filesystem images to concatenate and use - as an initial RAM disk (initrd). - - - - The INITRD variable is an optional - variable used with the - image-live - class. - - - - - INITRD_IMAGE - - INITRD_IMAGE[doc] = "When building a "live" bootable image (i.e. when IMAGE_FSTYPES contains "live"), INITRD_IMAGE specifies the image recipe that should be built to provide the initial RAM disk image." - - - - When building a "live" bootable image (i.e. when - IMAGE_FSTYPES - contains "live"), INITRD_IMAGE - specifies the image recipe that should be built - to provide the initial RAM disk image. - The default value is "core-image-minimal-initramfs". - - - - See the - image-live - class for more information. - - - - - INITSCRIPT_NAME - - INITSCRIPT_NAME[doc] = "The filename of the initialization script as installed to ${sysconfdir}/init.d." - - - - The filename of the initialization script as installed to - ${sysconfdir}/init.d. - - - - This variable is used in recipes when using update-rc.d.bbclass. - The variable is mandatory. - - - - - INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES - - INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES[doc] = "A list of the packages that contain initscripts. This variable is used in recipes when using update-rc.d.bbclass. The variable is optional and defaults to the PN variable." - - - - A list of the packages that contain initscripts. - If multiple packages are specified, you need to append the package name - to the other INITSCRIPT_* as an override. - - - - This variable is used in recipes when using update-rc.d.bbclass. - The variable is optional and defaults to the - PN variable. - - - - - INITSCRIPT_PARAMS - - INITSCRIPT_PARAMS[doc] = "Specifies the options to pass to update-rc.d. The variable is mandatory and is used in recipes when using update-rc.d.bbclass." - - - - Specifies the options to pass to update-rc.d. - Here is an example: - - INITSCRIPT_PARAMS = "start 99 5 2 . stop 20 0 1 6 ." - - - - - In this example, the script has a runlevel of 99, - starts the script in initlevels 2 and 5, and - stops the script in levels 0, 1 and 6. - - - - The variable's default value is "defaults", which is - set in the - update-rc.d - class. - - - - The value in - INITSCRIPT_PARAMS is passed through - to the update-rc.d command. - For more information on valid parameters, please see the - update-rc.d manual page at - . - - - - - INSANE_SKIP - - INSANE_SKIP[doc] = "Specifies the QA checks to skip for a specific package within a recipe." - - - - Specifies the QA checks to skip for a specific package - within a recipe. - For example, to skip the check for symbolic link - .so files in the main package of a - recipe, add the following to the recipe. - The package name override must be used, which in this - example is ${PN}: - - INSANE_SKIP_${PN} += "dev-so" - - - - - See the "insane.bbclass" - section for a list of the valid QA checks you can - specify using this variable. - - - - - INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE - - INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE[doc] = "Enables installation of the /etc/timezone file." - - - - By default, the tzdata recipe packages - an /etc/timezone file. - Set the INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE - variable to "0" at the configuration level to disable this - behavior. - - - - - IPK_FEED_URIS - - IPK_FEED_URIS[doc] = "List of ipkg feed records to put into generated image." - - - - When the IPK backend is in use and package management - is enabled on the target, you can use this variable to - set up opkg in the target image - to point to package feeds on a nominated server. - Once the feed is established, you can perform - installations or upgrades using the package manager - at runtime. - - - - - - - - - - - - K - - KARCH - - KARCH[doc] = "Defines the kernel architecture used when assembling the configuration. You define the KARCH variable in the BSP Descriptions." - - - - Defines the kernel architecture used when assembling - the configuration. - Architectures supported for this release are: - - powerpc - i386 - x86_64 - arm - qemu - mips - - - - - You define the KARCH variable in the - BSP Descriptions. - - - - - KBRANCH - - KBRANCH[doc] = "A regular expression used by the build process to explicitly identify the kernel branch that is validated, patched, and configured during a build." - - - - A regular expression used by the build process to explicitly - identify the kernel branch that is validated, patched, - and configured during a build. - You must set this variable to ensure the exact kernel - branch you want is being used by the build process. - - - - Values for this variable are set in the kernel's recipe - file and the kernel's append file. - For example, if you are using the - linux-yocto_4.12 kernel, the kernel - recipe file is the - meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bb - file. - KBRANCH is set as follows in that - kernel recipe file: - - KBRANCH ?= "standard/base" - - - - - This variable is also used from the kernel's append file - to identify the kernel branch specific to a particular - machine or target hardware. - Continuing with the previous kernel example, the kernel's - append file (i.e. - linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend) is located - in the BSP layer for a given machine. - For example, the append file for the Beaglebone, - EdgeRouter, and generic versions of both 32 and 64-bit IA - machines (meta-yocto-bsp) is named - meta-yocto-bsp/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend. - Here are the related statements from that append file: - - KBRANCH_genericx86 = "standard/base" - KBRANCH_genericx86-64 = "standard/base" - KBRANCH_edgerouter = "standard/edgerouter" - KBRANCH_beaglebone = "standard/beaglebone" - - The KBRANCH statements identify - the kernel branch to use when building for each - supported BSP. - - - - - KBUILD_DEFCONFIG - - KBUILD_DEFCONFIG[doc] = "Specifies an "in-tree" kernel configuration file for use during a kernel build." - - - - When used with the - kernel-yocto - class, specifies an "in-tree" kernel configuration file - for use during a kernel build. - - - - Typically, when using a defconfig to - configure a kernel during a build, you place the - file in your layer in the same manner as you would - place patch files and configuration fragment files (i.e. - "out-of-tree"). - However, if you want to use a defconfig - file that is part of the kernel tree (i.e. "in-tree"), - you can use the - KBUILD_DEFCONFIG variable and append - the - KMACHINE - variable to point to the defconfig - file. - - - - To use the variable, set it in the append file for your - kernel recipe using the following form: - - KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_KMACHINE ?= defconfig_file - - Here is an example from a "raspberrypi2" - KMACHINE build that uses a - defconfig file named - "bcm2709_defconfig": - - KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_raspberrypi2 = "bcm2709_defconfig" - - As an alternative, you can use the following within your - append file: - - KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_pn-linux-yocto ?= defconfig_file - - For more information on how to use the - KBUILD_DEFCONFIG variable, see the - "Using an "In-Tree" defconfig File" - section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development - Manual. - - - - - KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE - - KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE[doc] = "Specifies an alternate kernel image type for creation." - - - - Specifies an alternate kernel image type for creation in - addition to the kernel image type specified using the - KERNEL_IMAGETYPE - variable. - - - - - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME - - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME[doc] = "Specifies the name of all of the build artifacts." - - - - Specifies the name of all of the build artifacts. - You can change the name of the artifacts by changing the - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME variable. - - - - The value of KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME, - which is set in the - meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass - file, has the following default value: - - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" - - - - - See the - PKGE, - PKGV, - PKGR, - and - MACHINE - variables for additional information. - - The IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX variable - is set to - DATETIME. - - - - - - KERNEL_CLASSES - - KERNEL_CLASSES[doc] = "A list of classes defining kernel image types that kernel class should inherit." - - - - A list of classes defining kernel image types that the - kernel - class should inherit. - You typically append this variable to enable extended image - types. - An example is the "kernel-fitimage", which enables - fitImage support and resides in - meta/classes/kernel-fitimage.bbclass. - You can register custom kernel image types with the - kernel class using this variable. - - - - - KERNEL_DEVICETREE - - KERNEL_DEVICETREE[doc] = "Specifies the name of the generated Linux kernel device tree (i.e. the .dtb) file." - - - - Specifies the name of the generated Linux kernel device tree - (i.e. the .dtb) file. - - Legacy support exists for specifying the full path - to the device tree. - However, providing just the .dtb - file is preferred. - - In order to use this variable, the - kernel-devicetree - class must be inherited. - - - - - KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME - - KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME[doc] = "The link name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB)." - - - - The link name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). - This variable is set in the - meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass - file as follows: - - KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" - - The value of the KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME - variable, which is set in the same file, has the following - value: - - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" - - - - - See the - MACHINE - variable for additional information. - - - - - KERNEL_DTB_NAME - - KERNEL_DTB_NAME[doc] = "The base name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB)." - - - - The base name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). - This variable is set in the - meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass - file as follows: - - KERNEL_DTB_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" - - The value of the - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME - variable, which is set in the same file, has the following - value: - - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" - - - - - - KERNEL_EXTRA_ARGS - - KERNEL_EXTRA_ARGS[doc] = "Specifies additional make command-line arguments the OpenEmbedded build system passes on when compiling the kernel." - - - - Specifies additional make - command-line arguments the OpenEmbedded build system - passes on when compiling the kernel. - - - - - KERNEL_FEATURES - - KERNEL_FEATURES[doc] = "Includes additional kernel metadata. The metadata you add through this variable includes config fragments and features descriptions." - - - - Includes additional kernel metadata. - In the OpenEmbedded build system, the default Board Support - Packages (BSPs) - Metadata - is provided through - the KMACHINE - and - KBRANCH - variables. - You can use the KERNEL_FEATURES - variable from within the kernel recipe or kernel append - file to further add metadata for all BSPs or specific - BSPs. - - - - The metadata you add through this variable includes config - fragments and features descriptions, - which usually includes patches as well as config fragments. - You typically override the - KERNEL_FEATURES variable for a - specific machine. - In this way, you can provide validated, but optional, - sets of kernel configurations and features. - - - - For example, the following example from the - linux-yocto-rt_4.12 kernel recipe - adds "netfilter" and "taskstats" features to all BSPs - as well as "virtio" configurations to all QEMU machines. - The last two statements add specific configurations to - targeted machine types: - - KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES ?= "features/netfilter/netfilter.scc features/taskstats/taskstats.scc" - KERNEL_FEATURES_append = " ${KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES}" - KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemuall = " cfg/virtio.scc" - KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86 = " cfg/sound.scc cfg/paravirt_kvm.scc" - KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86-64 = " cfg/sound.scc" - - - - KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME - - KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME[doc] = "The link name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image." - - - - The link name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. - This variable is set in the - meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass - file as follows: - - KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" - - The value of the KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME - variable, which is set in the same file, has the following - value: - - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" - - - - - See the - MACHINE - variable for additional information. - - - - - KERNEL_FIT_NAME - - KERNEL_FIT_NAME[doc] = "The base name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image." - - - - The base name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. - This variable is set in the - meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass - file as follows: - - KERNEL_FIT_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" - - The value of the - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME - variable, which is set in the same file, has the following - value: - - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" - - - - - - KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME - - KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME[doc] = "The link name for the kernel image." - - - - The link name for the kernel image. - This variable is set in the - meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass - file as follows: - - KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" - - The value of the KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME - variable, which is set in the same file, has the following - value: - - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" - - - - - See the - MACHINE - variable for additional information. - - - - - KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE - - KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE[doc] = "The maximum allowable size in kilobytes of the kernel image file." - - - - Specifies the maximum size of the kernel image file in - kilobytes. - If KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE is set, - the size of the kernel image file is checked against - the set value during the - do_sizecheck - task. - The task fails if the kernel image file is larger than - the setting. - - - - KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE is useful for - target devices that have a limited amount of space in - which the kernel image must be stored. - - - - By default, this variable is not set, which means the - size of the kernel image is not checked. - - - - - KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME - - KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME[doc] = "The base name of the kernel image." - - - - The base name of the kernel image. - This variable is set in the - meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass - file as follows: - - KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" - - The value of the - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME - variable, which is set in the same file, has the following - value: - - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" - - - - - - KERNEL_IMAGETYPE - - KERNEL_IMAGETYPE[doc] = "The type of kernel to build for a device, usually set by the machine configuration files and defaults to 'zImage'." - - - - The type of kernel to build for a device, usually set by the - machine configuration files and defaults to "zImage". - This variable is used - when building the kernel and is passed to make as the target to - build. - - - - If you want to build an alternate kernel image type, use the - KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE - variable. - - - - - KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD - - KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD[doc] = "Lists kernel modules that need to be auto-loaded during boot" - - - - Lists kernel modules that need to be auto-loaded during - boot. - - This variable replaces the deprecated - module_autoload - variable. - - - - - You can use the KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD - variable anywhere that it can be - recognized by the kernel recipe or by an out-of-tree kernel - module recipe (e.g. a machine configuration file, a - distribution configuration file, an append file for the - recipe, or the recipe itself). - - - - Specify it as follows: - - KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name1 module_name2 module_name3" - - - - - Including KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD causes - the OpenEmbedded build system to populate the - /etc/modules-load.d/modname.conf - file with the list of modules to be auto-loaded on boot. - The modules appear one-per-line in the file. - Here is an example of the most common use case: - - KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name" - - - - - For information on how to populate the - modname.conf file with - modprobe.d syntax lines, see the - KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF - variable. - - - - - KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF - - KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF[doc] = "Lists kernel modules for which the build system expects to find module_conf_* values that specify configuration for each of the modules." - - - - Provides a list of modules for which the OpenEmbedded - build system expects to find - module_conf_modname - values that specify configuration for each of the modules. - For information on how to provide those module - configurations, see the - module_conf_* - variable. - - - - - KERNEL_PATH - - KERNEL_PATH[doc] = "The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value of the STAGING_KERNEL_DIR within the module class (module.bbclass)." - - - - The location of the kernel sources. - This variable is set to the value of the - STAGING_KERNEL_DIR - within the - module - class. - For information on how this variable is used, see the - "Incorporating Out-of-Tree Modules" - section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development - Manual. - - - - To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers - used to build modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also - recognizes and uses the - KERNEL_SRC - variable, which is identical to the - KERNEL_PATH variable. - Both variables are common variables used by external - Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory. - - - - - KERNEL_SRC - - KERNEL_SRC[doc] = "The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value of the STAGING_KERNEL_DIR within the module class (module.bbclass)." - - - - The location of the kernel sources. - This variable is set to the value of the - STAGING_KERNEL_DIR - within the - module - class. - For information on how this variable is used, see the - "Incorporating Out-of-Tree Modules" - section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development - Manual. - - - - To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers - used to build modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also - recognizes and uses the - KERNEL_PATH - variable, which is identical to the - KERNEL_SRC variable. - Both variables are common variables used by external - Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory. - - - - - KERNEL_VERSION - - KERNEL_VERSION[doc] = "Specifies the version of the kernel as extracted from version.h or utsrelease.h within the kernel sources." - - - - Specifies the version of the kernel as extracted from - version.h or - utsrelease.h within the kernel sources. - Effects of setting this variable do not take affect until - the kernel has been configured. - Consequently, attempting to refer to this variable in - contexts prior to configuration will not work. - - - - - KERNELDEPMODDEPEND - - KERNELDEPMODDEPEND[doc] = "Specifies whether or not to use the data referenced through the PKGDATA_DIR directory." - - - - Specifies whether the data referenced through - PKGDATA_DIR - is needed or not. - The KERNELDEPMODDEPEND does not - control whether or not that data exists, - but simply whether or not it is used. - If you do not need to use the data, set the - KERNELDEPMODDEPEND variable in your - initramfs recipe. - Setting the variable there when the data is not needed - avoids a potential dependency loop. - - - - - KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION - - KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION[doc] = "Provides a short description of a configuration fragment. You use this variable in the .scc file that describes a configuration fragment file." - - - - Provides a short description of a configuration fragment. - You use this variable in the .scc - file that describes a configuration fragment file. - Here is the variable used in a file named - smp.scc to describe SMP being - enabled: - - define KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION "Enable SMP" - - - - - - KMACHINE - - KMACHINE[doc] = "The machine as known by the kernel." - - - - The machine as known by the kernel. - Sometimes the machine name used by the kernel does not - match the machine name used by the OpenEmbedded build - system. - For example, the machine name that the OpenEmbedded build - system understands as - core2-32-intel-common goes by a - different name in the Linux Yocto kernel. - The kernel understands that machine as - intel-core2-32. - For cases like these, the KMACHINE - variable maps the kernel machine name to the OpenEmbedded - build system machine name. - - - - These mappings between different names occur in the - Yocto Linux Kernel's meta branch. - As an example take a look in the - common/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_3.19.bbappend - file: - - LINUX_VERSION_core2-32-intel-common = "3.19.0" - COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "${MACHINE}" - SRCREV_meta_core2-32-intel-common = "8897ef68b30e7426bc1d39895e71fb155d694974" - SRCREV_machine_core2-32-intel-common = "43b9eced9ba8a57add36af07736344dcc383f711" - KMACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "intel-core2-32" - KBRANCH_core2-32-intel-common = "standard/base" - KERNEL_FEATURES_append_core2-32-intel-common = "${KERNEL_FEATURES_INTEL_COMMON}" - - The KMACHINE statement says that - the kernel understands the machine name as - "intel-core2-32". - However, the OpenEmbedded build system understands the - machine as "core2-32-intel-common". - - - - - - KTYPE - - KTYPE[doc] = "Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration." - - - - Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the - configuration. - The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", - and "preempt-rt" kernel types. - See the - "Kernel Types" - section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development - Manual for more information on kernel types. - - - - You define the KTYPE variable in the - BSP Descriptions. - The value you use must match the value used for the - LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE - value used by the kernel recipe. - - - - - - L - - LABELS - - LABELS[doc] = "Provides a list of targets for automatic configuration." - - - - Provides a list of targets for automatic configuration. - - - - See the - grub-efi - class for more information on how this variable is used. - - - - - LAYERDEPENDS - - LAYERDEPENDS[doc] = "Lists the layers, separated by spaces, on which this recipe depends. This variable is used in the conf/layer.conf file and must be suffixed with the name of the specific layer." - - - - Lists the layers, separated by spaces, on which this - recipe depends. - Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a - dependency by adding it to the end of the layer name. - Here is an example: - - LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)" - - In this previous example, version 3 of "anotherlayer" - is compared against - LAYERVERSION_anotherlayer. - - - - An error is produced if any dependency is missing or - the version numbers (if specified) do not match exactly. - This variable is used in the - conf/layer.conf file and must be - suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g. - LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer). - - - - - LAYERDIR - - LAYERDIR[doc] = "When used inside the layer.conf configuration file, this variable provides the path of the current layer." - - - - When used inside the layer.conf configuration - file, this variable provides the path of the current layer. - This variable is not available outside of layer.conf - and references are expanded immediately when parsing of the file completes. - - - - - LAYERRECOMMENDS - - LAYERRECOMMENDS[doc] = "Lists the layers, separated by spaces, recommended for use with this layer." - - - - Lists the layers, separated by spaces, recommended for - use with this layer. - - - - Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a - recommendation by adding the version to the end of the - layer name. - Here is an example: - - LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)" - - In this previous example, version 3 of "anotherlayer" is - compared against - LAYERVERSION_anotherlayer. - - - - This variable is used in the - conf/layer.conf file and must be - suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g. - LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer). - - - - - LAYERSERIES_COMPAT - - LAYERSERIES_COMPAT[doc] = "Lists the OpenEmbedded-Core versions for which a layer is compatible." - - - - Lists the versions of the - OpenEmbedded-Core for which - a layer is compatible. - Using the LAYERSERIES_COMPAT variable - allows the layer maintainer to indicate which combinations - of the layer and OE-Core can be expected to work. - The variable gives the system a way to detect when a layer - has not been tested with new releases of OE-Core (e.g. - the layer is not maintained). - - - - To specify the OE-Core versions for which a layer is - compatible, use this variable in your layer's - conf/layer.conf configuration file. - For the list, use the Yocto Project - Release Name - (e.g. &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;). - To specify multiple OE-Core versions for the layer, - use a space-separated list: - - LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_layer_root_name = "&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP_MINUS_ONE;" - - - Setting LAYERSERIES_COMPAT is - required by the Yocto Project Compatible version 2 - standard. - The OpenEmbedded build system produces a warning if - the variable is not set for any given layer. - - - - - See the - "Creating Your Own Layer" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - LAYERVERSION - - LAYERVERSION[doc] = "Optionally specifies the version of a layer as a single number. This variable is used in the conf/layer.conf file and must be suffixed with the name of the specific layer." - - - - Optionally specifies the version of a layer as a single number. - You can use this within - LAYERDEPENDS - for another layer in order to depend on a specific version - of the layer. - This variable is used in the conf/layer.conf file - and must be suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g. - LAYERVERSION_mylayer). - - - - - LD - - LD[doc] = "Minimal command and arguments to run the linker." - - - - The minimal command and arguments used to run the - linker. - - - - - LDFLAGS - - LDFLAGS[doc] = "Specifies the flags to pass to the linker." - - - - Specifies the flags to pass to the linker. - This variable is exported to an environment - variable and thus made visible to the software being - built during the compilation step. - - - - Default initialization for LDFLAGS - varies depending on what is being built: - - - TARGET_LDFLAGS - when building for the target - - - BUILD_LDFLAGS - when building for the build host (i.e. - -native) - - - BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS - when building for an SDK (i.e. - nativesdk-) - - - - - - - LEAD_SONAME - - LEAD_SONAME[doc] = "Specifies the lead (or primary) compiled library file (i.e. .so) that the debian class applies its naming policy to given a recipe that packages multiple libraries." - - - - Specifies the lead (or primary) compiled library file - (i.e. .so) that the - debian - class applies its naming policy to given a recipe that - packages multiple libraries. - - - - This variable works in conjunction with the - debian class. - - - - - LIC_FILES_CHKSUM - - LIC_FILES_CHKSUM[doc] = "Checksums of the license text in the recipe source code." - - - - Checksums of the license text in the recipe source code. - - - - This variable tracks changes in license text of the source - code files. - If the license text is changed, it will trigger a build - failure, which gives the developer an opportunity to review any - license change. - - - - This variable must be defined for all recipes (unless - LICENSE - is set to "CLOSED"). - For more information, see the - "Tracking License Changes" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - LICENSE - - LICENSE[doc] = "The list of source licenses for the recipe. The logical operators &, '|', and parentheses can be used." - - - - The list of source licenses for the recipe. - Follow these rules: - - Do not use spaces within individual - license names. - Separate license names using - | (pipe) when there is a choice between licenses. - - Separate license names using - & (ampersand) when multiple licenses exist - that cover different parts of the source. - - You can use spaces between license - names. - For standard licenses, use the names - of the files in - meta/files/common-licenses/ - or the - SPDXLICENSEMAP - flag names defined in - meta/conf/licenses.conf. - - - - - - Here are some examples: - - LICENSE = "LGPLv2.1 | GPLv3" - LICENSE = "MPL-1 & LGPLv2.1" - LICENSE = "GPLv2+" - - The first example is from the recipes for Qt, which the user - may choose to distribute under either the LGPL version - 2.1 or GPL version 3. - The second example is from Cairo where two licenses cover - different parts of the source code. - The final example is from sysstat, - which presents a single license. - - - - You can also specify licenses on a per-package basis to - handle situations where components of the output have - different licenses. - For example, a piece of software whose code is - licensed under GPLv2 but has accompanying documentation - licensed under the GNU Free Documentation License 1.2 could - be specified as follows: - - LICENSE = "GFDL-1.2 & GPLv2" - LICENSE_${PN} = "GPLv2" - LICENSE_${PN}-doc = "GFDL-1.2" - - - - - - LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE - - LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE[doc] = "Creates an extra package (i.e. ${PN}-lic) for each recipe and adds that package to the RRECOMMENDS+${PN}." - - - - Setting LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE - to "1" causes the OpenEmbedded build system to create - an extra package (i.e. - ${PN}-lic) - for each recipe and to add those packages to the - RRECOMMENDS_${PN}. - - - - The ${PN}-lic package installs a - directory in /usr/share/licenses - named ${PN}, which is the recipe's - base name, and installs files in that directory that - contain license and copyright information (i.e. copies of - the appropriate license files from - meta/common-licenses that match the - licenses specified in the - LICENSE - variable of the recipe metadata and copies of files marked - in - LIC_FILES_CHKSUM - as containing license text). - - - - For related information on providing license text, see the - COPY_LIC_DIRS - variable, the - COPY_LIC_MANIFEST - variable, and the - "Providing License Text" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - LICENSE_FLAGS - - LICENSE_FLAGS[doc] = "Specifies additional flags for a recipe you must whitelist through LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST in order to allow the recipe to be built." - - - - Specifies additional flags for a recipe you must - whitelist through - LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST - in order to allow the recipe to be built. - When providing multiple flags, separate them with - spaces. - - - - This value is independent of - LICENSE - and is typically used to mark recipes that might - require additional licenses in order to be used in a - commercial product. - For more information, see the - "Enabling Commercially Licensed Recipes" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST - - LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST[doc] = "Lists license flags that when specified in LICENSE_FLAGS within a recipe should not prevent that recipe from being built." - - - - Lists license flags that when specified in - LICENSE_FLAGS - within a recipe should not prevent that recipe from being - built. - This practice is otherwise known as "whitelisting" - license flags. - For more information, see the - "Enabling Commercially Licensed Recipes" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - LICENSE_PATH - - LICENSE_PATH[doc] = "Path to additional licenses used during the build." - - - - Path to additional licenses used during the build. - By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses COMMON_LICENSE_DIR - to define the directory that holds common license text used during the build. - The LICENSE_PATH variable allows you to extend that - location to other areas that have additional licenses: - - LICENSE_PATH += "path-to-additional-common-licenses" - - - - - - LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE - - LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE[doc] = "Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration." - - - - Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the - configuration. - The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and - "preempt-rt" kernel types. - See the - "Kernel Types" - section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development - Manual for more information on kernel types. - - - - If you do not specify a - LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE, it defaults to - "standard". - Together with - KMACHINE, - the LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE variable - defines the search - arguments used by the kernel tools to find the appropriate - description within the kernel - Metadata - with which to build out the sources and configuration. - - - - - LINUX_VERSION - - LINUX_VERSION[doc] = "The Linux version from kernel.org on which the Linux kernel image being built using the OpenEmbedded build system is based. You define this variable in the kernel recipe." - - - - The Linux version from kernel.org - on which the Linux kernel image being built using the - OpenEmbedded build system is based. - You define this variable in the kernel recipe. - For example, the linux-yocto-3.4.bb - kernel recipe found in - meta/recipes-kernel/linux - defines the variables as follows: - - LINUX_VERSION ?= "3.4.24" - - - - - The LINUX_VERSION variable is used to - define PV - for the recipe: - - PV = "${LINUX_VERSION}+git${SRCPV}" - - - - - - LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION - - LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION[doc] = "A string extension compiled into the version string of the Linux kernel built with the OpenEmbedded build system. You define this variable in the kernel recipe." - - - - A string extension compiled into the version - string of the Linux kernel built with the OpenEmbedded - build system. - You define this variable in the kernel recipe. - For example, the linux-yocto kernel recipes all define - the variable as follows: - - LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION ?= "-yocto-${LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE}" - - - - - Defining this variable essentially sets the - Linux kernel configuration item - CONFIG_LOCALVERSION, which is visible - through the uname command. - Here is an example that shows the extension assuming it - was set as previously shown: - - $ uname -r - 3.7.0-rc8-custom - - - - - - LOG_DIR - - LOG_DIR[doc] = "Specifies the directory to which the OpenEmbedded build system writes overall log files. The default directory is ${TMPDIR}/log" - - - - Specifies the directory to which the OpenEmbedded build - system writes overall log files. - The default directory is ${TMPDIR}/log. - - - - For the directory containing logs specific to each task, - see the T - variable. - - - - - - - M - - MACHINE - - MACHINE[doc] = "Specifies the target device for which the image is built. You define MACHINE in the conf/local.conf file in the Build Directory." - - - - Specifies the target device for which the image is built. - You define MACHINE in the - local.conf file found in the - Build Directory. - By default, MACHINE is set to - "qemux86", which is an x86-based architecture machine to - be emulated using QEMU: - - MACHINE ?= "qemux86" - - - - - The variable corresponds to a machine configuration file of the - same name, through which machine-specific configurations are set. - Thus, when MACHINE is set to "qemux86" there - exists the corresponding qemux86.conf machine - configuration file, which can be found in the - Source Directory - in meta/conf/machine. - - - - The list of machines supported by the Yocto Project as - shipped include the following: - - MACHINE ?= "qemuarm" - MACHINE ?= "qemuarm64" - MACHINE ?= "qemumips" - MACHINE ?= "qemumips64" - MACHINE ?= "qemuppc" - MACHINE ?= "qemux86" - MACHINE ?= "qemux86-64" - MACHINE ?= "genericx86" - MACHINE ?= "genericx86-64" - MACHINE ?= "beaglebone" - MACHINE ?= "edgerouter" - - The last five are Yocto Project reference hardware boards, which - are provided in the meta-yocto-bsp layer. - Adding additional Board Support Package (BSP) layers - to your configuration adds new possible settings for - MACHINE. - - - - - - MACHINE_ARCH - - MACHINE_ARCH[doc] = "Specifies the name of the machine-specific architecture. This variable is set automatically from MACHINE or TUNE_PKGARCH." - - - - Specifies the name of the machine-specific architecture. - This variable is set automatically from - MACHINE - or - TUNE_PKGARCH. - You should not hand-edit the - MACHINE_ARCH variable. - - - - - MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS - - MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS[doc] = "A list of required machine-specific packages to install as part of the image being built. Because this is a 'machine-essential' variable, the list of packages are essential for the machine to boot." - - - - A list of required machine-specific packages to install as part of - the image being built. - The build process depends on these packages being present. - Furthermore, because this is a "machine-essential" variable, the list of - packages are essential for the machine to boot. - The impact of this variable affects images based on - packagegroup-core-boot, - including the core-image-minimal image. - - - - This variable is similar to the - MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS - variable with the exception that the image being built has a build - dependency on the variable's list of packages. - In other words, the image will not build if a file in this list is not found. - - - - As an example, suppose the machine for which you are building requires - example-init to be run during boot to initialize the hardware. - In this case, you would use the following in the machine's - .conf configuration file: - - MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "example-init" - - - - - - MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS - - MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS[doc] = "A list of recommended machine-specific packages to install as part of the image being built. Because this is a 'machine-essential' variable, the list of packages are essential for the machine to boot." - - - - A list of recommended machine-specific packages to install as part of - the image being built. - The build process does not depend on these packages being present. - However, because this is a "machine-essential" variable, the list of - packages are essential for the machine to boot. - The impact of this variable affects images based on - packagegroup-core-boot, - including the core-image-minimal image. - - - - This variable is similar to the - MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS - variable with the exception that the image being built does not have a build - dependency on the variable's list of packages. - In other words, the image will still build if a package in this list is not found. - Typically, this variable is used to handle essential kernel modules, whose - functionality may be selected to be built into the kernel rather than as a module, - in which case a package will not be produced. - - - - Consider an example where you have a custom kernel where a specific touchscreen - driver is required for the machine to be usable. - However, the driver can be built as a module or - into the kernel depending on the kernel configuration. - If the driver is built as a module, you want it to be installed. - But, when the driver is built into the kernel, you still want the - build to succeed. - This variable sets up a "recommends" relationship so that in the latter case, - the build will not fail due to the missing package. - To accomplish this, assuming the package for the module was called - kernel-module-ab123, you would use the - following in the machine's .conf configuration - file: - - MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-ab123" - - - In this example, the - kernel-module-ab123 recipe - needs to explicitly set its - PACKAGES - variable to ensure that BitBake does not use the - kernel recipe's - PACKAGES_DYNAMIC - variable to satisfy the dependency. - - - - - Some examples of these machine essentials are flash, screen, keyboard, mouse, - or touchscreen drivers (depending on the machine). - - - - - MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS - - MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS[doc] = "A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image being built that are not essential for the machine to boot. However, the build process for more fully-featured images depends on the packages being present." - - - - A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the - image being built that are not essential for the machine to boot. - However, the build process for more fully-featured images - depends on the packages being present. - - - - This variable affects all images based on - packagegroup-base, which does not include the - core-image-minimal or core-image-full-cmdline - images. - - - - The variable is similar to the - MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS - variable with the exception that the image being built has a build - dependency on the variable's list of packages. - In other words, the image will not build if a file in this list is not found. - - - - An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not - essential for the machine to boot the image. - However, if you are building a more fully-featured image, you want to enable - the WiFi. - The package containing the firmware for the WiFi hardware is always - expected to exist, so it is acceptable for the build process to depend upon - finding the package. - In this case, assuming the package for the firmware was called - wifidriver-firmware, you would use the following in the - .conf file for the machine: - - MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "wifidriver-firmware" - - - - - - MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS - - MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS[doc] = "A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image being built that are not essential for booting the machine. The image being built has no build dependencies on the packages in this list." - - - - A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the - image being built that are not essential for booting the machine. - The image being built has no build dependency on this list of packages. - - - - This variable affects only images based on - packagegroup-base, which does not include the - core-image-minimal or core-image-full-cmdline - images. - - - - This variable is similar to the - MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS - variable with the exception that the image being built does not have a build - dependency on the variable's list of packages. - In other words, the image will build if a file in this list is not found. - - - - An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential - For the machine to boot the image. - However, if you are building a more fully-featured image, you want to enable - WiFi. - In this case, the package containing the WiFi kernel module will not be produced - if the WiFi driver is built into the kernel, in which case you still want the - build to succeed instead of failing as a result of the package not being found. - To accomplish this, assuming the package for the module was called - kernel-module-examplewifi, you would use the - following in the .conf file for the machine: - - MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-examplewifi" - - - - - - MACHINE_FEATURES - - MACHINE_FEATURES[doc] = "Specifies the list of hardware features the MACHINE supports." - - - - Specifies the list of hardware features the - MACHINE is capable - of supporting. - For related information on enabling features, see the - DISTRO_FEATURES, - COMBINED_FEATURES, - and - IMAGE_FEATURES - variables. - - - - For a list of hardware features supported by the Yocto - Project as shipped, see the - "Machine Features" - section. - - - - - MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL - - MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL[doc] = "Features to be added to MACHINE_FEATURES if not also present in MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED. This variable is set in the meta/conf/bitbake.conf file and is not intended to be user-configurable." - - - - Features to be added to - MACHINE_FEATURES - if not also present in - MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED. - - - - This variable is set in the meta/conf/bitbake.conf file. - It is not intended to be user-configurable. - It is best to just reference the variable to see which machine features are - being backfilled for all machine configurations. - See the "Feature Backfilling" section for - more information. - - - - - MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED - - MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED[doc] = "Features from MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL that should not be backfilled (i.e. added to MACHINE_FEATURES) during the build." - - - - Features from - MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL - that should not be backfilled (i.e. added to - MACHINE_FEATURES) - during the build. - See the "Feature Backfilling" section for - more information. - - - - - MACHINEOVERRIDES - - MACHINEOVERRIDES[doc] = "A colon-separated list of overrides that apply to the current machine." - - - - A colon-separated list of overrides that apply to the - current machine. - By default, this list includes the value of - MACHINE. - - - - You can extend MACHINEOVERRIDES - to add extra overrides that should apply to a machine. - For example, all machines emulated in QEMU (e.g. - qemuarm, qemux86, - and so forth) include a file named - meta/conf/machine/include/qemu.inc - that prepends the following override to - MACHINEOVERRIDES: - - MACHINEOVERRIDES =. "qemuall:" - - This override allows variables to be overriden for all - machines emulated in QEMU, like in the following example - from the connman-conf recipe: - - SRC_URI_append_qemuall = "file://wired.config \ - file://wired-setup \ - " - - The underlying mechanism behind - MACHINEOVERRIDES is simply that it is - included in the default value of - OVERRIDES. - - - - - MAINTAINER - - MAINTAINER[doc] = "The email address of the distribution maintainer." - - - - The email address of the distribution maintainer. - - - - - MIRRORS - - MIRRORS[doc] = "Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system gets source code." - - - - Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded - build system gets source code. - When the build system searches for source code, it first - tries the local download directory. - If that location fails, the build system tries locations - defined by - PREMIRRORS, - the upstream source, and then locations specified by - MIRRORS in that order. - - - - Assuming your distribution - (DISTRO) - is "poky", the default value for - MIRRORS is defined in the - conf/distro/poky.conf file in the - meta-poky Git repository. - - - - - MLPREFIX - - MLPREFIX[doc] = "Specifies a prefix has been added to PN to create a special version of a recipe or package (i.e. a Multilib version)." - - - - Specifies a prefix has been added to - PN to create a special version - of a recipe or package (i.e. a Multilib version). - The variable is used in places where the prefix needs to be - added to or removed from a the name (e.g. the - BPN variable). - MLPREFIX gets set when a prefix has been - added to PN. - - The "ML" in MLPREFIX stands for - "MultiLib". - This representation is historical and comes from - a time when nativesdk was a suffix - rather than a prefix on the recipe name. - When nativesdk was turned into a - prefix, it made sense to set - MLPREFIX for it as well. - - - - - To help understand when MLPREFIX - might be needed, consider when - BBCLASSEXTEND - is used to provide a nativesdk version - of a recipe in addition to the target version. - If that recipe declares build-time dependencies on tasks in - other recipes by using - DEPENDS, - then a dependency on "foo" will automatically get rewritten - to a dependency on "nativesdk-foo". - However, dependencies like the following will not get - rewritten automatically: - - do_foo[depends] += "recipe:do_foo" - - If you want such a dependency to also get transformed, - you can do the following: - - do_foo[depends] += "${MLPREFIX}recipe:do_foo" - - - - - - module_autoload - - module_autoload[doc] = "This variable has been replaced by the KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD variable. You should replace all occurrences of module_autoload with additions to KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD." - - - - This variable has been replaced by the - KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD variable. - You should replace all occurrences of - module_autoload with additions to - KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD, for example: - - module_autoload_rfcomm = "rfcomm" - - - - - should now be replaced with: - - KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "rfcomm" - - See the - KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD - variable for more information. - - - - - module_conf - - module_conf[doc] = "Specifies modprobe.d syntax lines for inclusion in the /etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf file." - - - - Specifies - modprobe.d - syntax lines for inclusion in the - /etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf file. - - - - You can use this variable anywhere that it can be - recognized by the kernel recipe or out-of-tree kernel - module recipe (e.g. a machine configuration file, a - distribution configuration file, an append file for the - recipe, or the recipe itself). - If you use this variable, you must also be sure to list - the module name in the - KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD - variable. - - - - Here is the general syntax: - - module_conf_module_name = "modprobe.d-syntax" - - You must use the kernel module name override. - - - - Run man modprobe.d in the shell to - find out more information on the exact syntax - you want to provide with module_conf. - - - - Including module_conf causes the - OpenEmbedded build system to populate the - /etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf - file with modprobe.d syntax lines. - Here is an example that adds the options - arg1 and arg2 - to a module named mymodule: - - module_conf_mymodule = "options mymodule arg1=val1 arg2=val2" - - - - - For information on how to specify kernel modules to - auto-load on boot, see the - KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD - variable. - - - - - MODULE_TARBALL_DEPLOY - - MODULE_TARBALL_DEPLOY[doc] = "Controls creation of the modules-*.tgz file. Set this variable to "0" to disable creation of this file, which contains all of the kernel modules resulting from a kernel build." - - - - Controls creation of the modules-*.tgz - file. - Set this variable to "0" to disable creation of this - file, which contains all of the kernel modules resulting - from a kernel build. - - - - - MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME - - MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME[doc] = "The link name of the kernel module tarball." - - - - The link name of the kernel module tarball. - This variable is set in the - meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass - file as follows: - - MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" - - The value of the KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME - variable, which is set in the same file, has the following - value: - - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" - - - - - See the - MACHINE - variable for additional information. - - - - - MODULE_TARBALL_NAME - - MODULE_TARBALL_NAME[doc] = "The base name of the kernel module tarball." - - - - The base name of the kernel module tarball. - This variable is set in the - meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass - file as follows: - - MODULE_TARBALL_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" - - The value of the - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME - variable, which is set in the same file, has the following - value: - - KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" - - - - - - - - - MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS - - MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS[doc] = "Separates files for different machines such that you can build for multiple target machines using the same output directories." - - - - Uniquely identifies the type of the target system for - which packages are being built. - This variable allows output for different types of target - systems to be put into different subdirectories of the same - output directory. - - - - The default value of this variable is: - - ${PACKAGE_ARCH}${TARGET_VENDOR}-${TARGET_OS} - - Some classes (e.g. - cross-canadian) - modify the MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS value. - - - - See the - STAMP - variable for an example. - See the - STAGING_DIR_TARGET - variable for more information. - - - - - - - N - - NATIVELSBSTRING - - NATIVELSBSTRING[doc] = "A string identifying the host distribution." - - - - A string identifying the host distribution. - Strings consist of the host distributor ID - followed by the release, as reported by the - lsb_release tool - or as read from /etc/lsb-release. - For example, when running a build on Ubuntu 12.10, the value - is "Ubuntu-12.10". - If this information is unable to be determined, the value - resolves to "Unknown". - - - - This variable is used by default to isolate native shared - state packages for different distributions (e.g. to avoid - problems with glibc version - incompatibilities). - Additionally, the variable is checked against - SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS - if that variable is set. - - - - - NM - - NM[doc] = "Minimal command and arguments to run 'nm'." - - - - The minimal command and arguments to run - nm. - - - - - NO_GENERIC_LICENSE - - NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[doc] = "Used to allow copying a license that does not exist in common licenses." - - - - Avoids QA errors when you use a non-common, non-CLOSED - license in a recipe. - Packages exist, such as the linux-firmware package, with - many licenses that are not in any way common. - Also, new licenses are added occasionally to avoid - introducing a lot of common license files, which are only - applicable to a specific package. - NO_GENERIC_LICENSE is used to allow - copying a license that does not exist in common licenses. - - - - The following example shows how to add - NO_GENERIC_LICENSE to a recipe: - - NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[license_name] = "license_file_in_fetched_source" - - The following is an example that uses the - LICENSE.Abilis.txt file as the license - from the fetched source: - - NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[Firmware-Abilis] = "LICENSE.Abilis.txt" - - - - - - NO_RECOMMENDATIONS - - NO_RECOMMENDATIONS[doc] = "When set to '1', no recommended packages will be installed. Some recommended packages might be required for certain system functionality, such as kernel-modules. It is up to the user to add packages to IMAGE_INSTALL as needed." - - - - Prevents installation of all "recommended-only" packages. - Recommended-only packages are packages installed only - through the - RRECOMMENDS - variable). - Setting the NO_RECOMMENDATIONS variable - to "1" turns this feature on: - - NO_RECOMMENDATIONS = "1" - - - - - You can set this variable globally in your - local.conf file or you can attach it to - a specific image recipe by using the recipe name override: - - NO_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "1" - - - - - It is important to realize that if you choose to not install - packages using this variable and some other packages are - dependent on them (i.e. listed in a recipe's - RDEPENDS - variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your - request and will install the packages to avoid dependency - errors. - - Some recommended packages might be required for certain - system functionality, such as kernel modules. - It is up to you to add packages with the - IMAGE_INSTALL - variable. - - - - - Support for this variable exists only when using the - IPK and RPM packaging backend. - Support does not exist for DEB. - - - - See the - BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS - and the - PACKAGE_EXCLUDE - variables for related information. - - - - - NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG - - NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG[doc] = "Disables auto package from splitting .debug files." - - - - Disables auto package from splitting - .debug files. If a recipe requires - FILES_${PN}-dbg to be set manually, - the NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG can be defined - allowing you to define the content of the debug package. - For example: - - NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG = "1" - FILES_${PN}-dev = "${includedir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/Qt/*" - FILES_${PN}-dbg = "/usr/src/debug/" - FILES_${QT_BASE_NAME}-demos-doc = "${docdir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/qch/qt.qch" - - - - - - - O - - OBJCOPY - - OBJCOPY[doc] = "Minimal command and arguments to run 'objcopy'." - - - - The minimal command and arguments to run - objcopy. - - - - - OBJDUMP - - OBJDUMP[doc] = "Minimal command and arguments to run 'objdump'." - - - - The minimal command and arguments to run - objdump. - - - - - OE_BINCONFIG_EXTRA_MANGLE - - OE_BINCONFIG_EXTRA_MANGLE[doc] = "When a recipe inherits the binconfig.bbclass class, this variable specifies additional arguments passed to the "sed" command." - - - - When inheriting the - binconfig - class, this variable - specifies additional arguments passed to the "sed" command. - The sed command alters any paths in configuration scripts - that have been set up during compilation. - Inheriting this class results in all paths in these scripts - being changed to point into the - sysroots/ directory so that all builds - that use the script will use the correct directories - for the cross compiling layout. - - - - See the meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass - in the - Source Directory - for details on how this class applies these additional - sed command arguments. - For general information on the - binconfig class, see the - "binconfig.bbclass" - section. - - - - - OE_IMPORTS - - OE_IMPORTS[doc] = "An internal variable used to tell the OpenEmbedded build system what Python modules to import for every Python function run by the system." - - - - An internal variable used to tell the OpenEmbedded build - system what Python modules to import for every Python - function run by the system. - - - - Do not set this variable. - It is for internal use only. - - - - - OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT - - OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT[doc] = "The name of the build environment setup script for the purposes of setting up the environment within the extensible SDK." - - - - The name of the build environment setup script for the - purposes of setting up the environment within the - extensible SDK. - The default value is "oe-init-build-env". - - - - If you use a custom script to set up your build - environment, set the - OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT variable to its - name. - - - - - OE_TERMINAL - - OE_TERMINAL[doc] = "Controls how the OpenEmbedded build system spawns interactive terminals on the host development system." - - - - Controls how the OpenEmbedded build system spawns - interactive terminals on the host development system - (e.g. using the BitBake command with the - -c devshell command-line option). - For more information, see the - "Using a Development Shell" section - in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - You can use the following values for the - OE_TERMINAL variable: - - auto - gnome - xfce - rxvt - screen - konsole - none - - - - - - OEROOT - - OEROOT[doc] = "The directory from which the top-level build environment setup script is sourced." - - - - The directory from which the top-level build environment - setup script is sourced. - The Yocto Project provides a top-level build environment - setup script: - &OE_INIT_FILE;. - When you run this script, the - OEROOT variable resolves to the - directory that contains the script. - - - - For additional information on how this variable is used, - see the initialization script. - - - - - OLDEST_KERNEL - - OLDEST_KERNEL[doc] = "Declares the oldest version of the Linux kernel that the produced binaries must support." - - - - Declares the oldest version of the Linux kernel that the - produced binaries must support. - This variable is passed into the build of the Embedded - GNU C Library (glibc). - - - - The default for this variable comes from the - meta/conf/bitbake.conf configuration - file. - You can override this default by setting the variable - in a custom distribution configuration file. - - - - - OVERRIDES - - OVERRIDES[doc] = "A colon-separated list of overrides that currently apply." - - - - A colon-separated list of overrides that currently apply. - Overrides are a BitBake mechanism that allows variables to - be selectively overridden at the end of parsing. - The set of overrides in OVERRIDES - represents the "state" during building, which includes - the current recipe being built, the machine for which - it is being built, and so forth. - - - - As an example, if the string "an-override" appears as an - element in the colon-separated list in - OVERRIDES, then the following - assignment will override FOO with the - value "overridden" at the end of parsing: - - FOO_an-override = "overridden" - - See the - "Conditional Syntax (Overrides)" - section in the BitBake User Manual for more information on - the overrides mechanism. - - - - The default value of OVERRIDES - includes the values of the - CLASSOVERRIDE, - MACHINEOVERRIDES, - and - DISTROOVERRIDES - variables. - Another important override included by default is - pn-${PN}. - This override allows variables to be set for a single - recipe within configuration (.conf) - files. - Here is an example: - - FOO_pn-myrecipe = "myrecipe-specific value" - - Tip - An easy way to see what overrides apply is to search for - OVERRIDES in the output of the - bitbake -e command. - See the - "Viewing Variable Values" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks - Manual for more information. - - - - - - - P - - P - - P[doc] = "The recipe name and version. P is comprised of ${PN}-${PV}." - - - - The recipe name and version. - P is comprised of the following: - - ${PN}-${PV} - - - - - - PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA - - PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA[doc] = "This variable defines additional metadata to add to packages." - - - - - This variable defines additional metdata to add to packages. - - - - You may find you need to inject additional metadata into - packages. This variable allows you to do that by setting - the injected data as the value. Multiple fields can be - added by splitting the content with the literal separator - "\n". - - - - The suffixes '_IPK', '_DEB', or '_RPM' can be applied to - the variable to do package type specific settings. It can - also be made package specific by using the package name as - a suffix. - - - - You can find out more about applying this variable in - the - "Adding custom metadata to packages" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - PACKAGE_ARCH - - PACKAGE_ARCH[doc] = "The architecture of the resulting package or packages." - - - - The architecture of the resulting package or packages. - - - - By default, the value of this variable is set to - TUNE_PKGARCH - when building for the target, - BUILD_ARCH - when building for the - build host, and "${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}" when building - for the SDK. - - See - SDK_ARCH - for more information. - - However, if your recipe's output packages are built - specific to the target machine rather than generally for - the architecture of the machine, you should set - PACKAGE_ARCH to the value of - MACHINE_ARCH - in the recipe as follows: - - PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}" - - - - - - PACKAGE_ARCHS - - PACKAGE_ARCHS[doc] = "A list of architectures compatible with the given target in order of priority." - - - - Specifies a list of architectures compatible with - the target machine. - This variable is set automatically and should not - normally be hand-edited. - Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order - of priority. - The default value for - PACKAGE_ARCHS is "all any noarch - ${PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS} ${MACHINE_ARCH}". - - - - - PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN - - PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN[doc] = "Enables easily adding packages to PACKAGES before ${PN} so that the packages can pick up files that would normally be included in the default package." - - - - Enables easily adding packages to - PACKAGES - before ${PN} - so that those added packages can pick up files that would normally be - included in the default package. - - - - - PACKAGE_CLASSES - - PACKAGE_CLASSES[doc] = "This variable specifies the package manager to use when packaging data. It is set in the conf/local.conf file in the Build Directory." - - - - This variable, which is set in the - local.conf configuration file found in - the conf folder of the - Build Directory, - specifies the package manager the OpenEmbedded build system - uses when packaging data. - - - - You can provide one or more of the following arguments for - the variable: - - PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_rpm package_deb package_ipk package_tar" - - Warning - While it is a legal option, the - package_tar class has limited - functionality due to no support for package - dependencies by that backend. - Therefore, it is recommended that you do not use it. - - The build system uses only the first argument in the list - as the package manager when creating your image or SDK. - However, packages will be created using any additional - packaging classes you specify. - For example, if you use the following in your - local.conf file: - - PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_ipk" - - The OpenEmbedded build system uses the IPK package manager - to create your image or SDK. - - - - For information on packaging and build performance effects - as a result of the package manager in use, see the - "package.bbclass" - section. - - - - - PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE - - PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE[doc] = "Determines how to split up the binary and debug information when creating *-dbg packages to be used with the GNU Project Debugger (GDB)." - - - - Determines how to split up the binary and debug information - when creating *-dbg packages to be - used with the GNU Project Debugger (GDB). - - - - With the - PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE variable, - you can control where debug information, which can include - or exclude source files, is stored: - - - ".debug": Debug symbol files are placed next - to the binary in a .debug - directory on the target. - For example, if a binary is installed into - /bin, the corresponding debug - symbol files are installed in - /bin/.debug. - Source files are placed in - /usr/src/debug. - - - "debug-file-directory": Debug symbol files are - placed under /usr/lib/debug - on the target, and separated by the path from where - the binary is installed. - For example, if a binary is installed in - /bin, the corresponding debug - symbols are installed in - /usr/lib/debug/bin. - Source files are placed in - /usr/src/debug. - - - "debug-without-src": The same behavior as - ".debug" previously described with the exception - that no source files are installed. - . - - "debug-with-srcpkg": The same behavior as - ".debug" previously described with the exception - that all source files are placed in a separate - *-src pkg. - This is the default behavior. - - - - - - You can find out more about debugging using GDB by reading - the - "Debugging With the GNU Project Debugger (GDB) Remotely" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY - - PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY[doc] = "Prevents specific packages from being installed when you are installing complementary packages." - - - - Prevents specific packages from being installed when - you are installing complementary packages. - - - - You might find that you want to prevent installing certain - packages when you are installing complementary packages. - For example, if you are using - IMAGE_FEATURES - to install dev-pkgs, you might not want - to install all packages from a particular multilib. - If you find yourself in this situation, you can use the - PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY variable - to specify regular expressions to match the packages you - want to exclude. - - - - - PACKAGE_EXCLUDE - - PACKAGE_EXCLUDE[doc] = "Packages to exclude from the installation. If a listed package is required, an error is generated." - - - - Lists packages that should not be installed into an image. - For example: - - PACKAGE_EXCLUDE = "package_name package_name package_name ..." - - - - - You can set this variable globally in your - local.conf file or you can attach it to - a specific image recipe by using the recipe name override: - - PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_pn-target_image = "package_name" - - - - - If you choose to not install - a package using this variable and some other package is - dependent on it (i.e. listed in a recipe's - RDEPENDS - variable), the OpenEmbedded build system generates a fatal - installation error. - Because the build system halts the process with a fatal - error, you can use the variable with an iterative - development process to remove specific components from a - system. - - - - Support for this variable exists only when using the - IPK and RPM packaging backend. - Support does not exist for DEB. - - - - See the - NO_RECOMMENDATIONS - and the - BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS - variables for related information. - - - - - PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS - - PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS[doc] = "Specifies the list of architectures compatible with the device CPU. This variable is useful when you build for several different devices that use miscellaneous processors." - - - - Specifies the list of architectures compatible with the device CPU. - This variable is useful when you build for several different devices that use - miscellaneous processors such as XScale and ARM926-EJS. - - - - - PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS - - PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS[doc] = "Optionally specifies user-defined package architectures when constructing package feed URIs." - - - - Optionally specifies the package architectures used as - part of the package feed URIs during the build. - When used, the PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS - variable is appended to the final package feed URI, which - is constructed using the - PACKAGE_FEED_URIS - and - PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS - variables. - Tip - You can use the PACKAGE_FEEDS_ARCHS - variable to whitelist specific package architectures. - If you do not need to whitelist specific architectures, - which is a common case, you can omit this variable. - Omitting the variable results in all available - architectures for the current machine being included - into remote package feeds. - - - - - Consider the following example where the - PACKAGE_FEED_URIS, - PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS, and - PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS variables are - defined in your local.conf file: - - PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ - https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" - PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" - PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" - - Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are - as follows: - - https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all - https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 - https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all - https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 - https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all - https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 - https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all - https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 - - - - - - PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS - - PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS[doc] = "Specifies base path used when constructing package feed URIs." - - - - Specifies the base path used when constructing package feed - URIs. - The PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS variable - makes up the middle portion of a package feed URI used - by the OpenEmbedded build system. - The base path lies between the - PACKAGE_FEED_URIS - and - PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS - variables. - - - - Consider the following example where the - PACKAGE_FEED_URIS, - PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS, and - PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS variables are - defined in your local.conf file: - - PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ - https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" - PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" - PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" - - Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are - as follows: - - https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all - https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 - https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all - https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 - https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all - https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 - https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all - https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 - - - - - - PACKAGE_FEED_URIS - - PACKAGE_FEED_URIS[doc] = "Specifies the front portion of the package feed URI used by the OpenEmbedded build system." - - - - Specifies the front portion of the package feed URI - used by the OpenEmbedded build system. - Each final package feed URI is comprised of - PACKAGE_FEED_URIS, - PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS, - and - PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS - variables. - - - - Consider the following example where the - PACKAGE_FEED_URIS, - PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS, and - PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS variables are - defined in your local.conf file: - - PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ - https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" - PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" - PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" - - Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are - as follows: - - https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all - https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 - https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all - https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 - https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all - https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 - https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all - https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 - - - - - - PACKAGE_INSTALL - - PACKAGE_INSTALL[doc] = "List of the packages to be installed into the image. The variable is generally not user-defined and uses IMAGE_INSTALL as part of the list." - - - - The final list of packages passed to the package manager - for installation into the image. - - - - Because the package manager controls actual installation - of all packages, the list of packages passed using - PACKAGE_INSTALL is not the final list - of packages that are actually installed. - This variable is internal to the image construction - code. - Consequently, in general, you should use the - IMAGE_INSTALL - variable to specify packages for installation. - The exception to this is when working with - the - core-image-minimal-initramfs - image. - When working with an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) - image, use the PACKAGE_INSTALL - variable. - For information on creating an initramfs, see the - "Building an Initial RAM Filesystem (initramfs) Image" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - PACKAGE_INSTALL_ATTEMPTONLY - - PACKAGE_INSTALL_ATTEMPTONLY[doc] = "List of packages attempted to be installed when creating an image. If a listed package fails to install, the build system does not generate an error. This variable is generally not user-defined." - - - - Specifies a list of packages the OpenEmbedded build - system attempts to install when creating an image. - If a listed package fails to install, the build system - does not generate an error. - This variable is generally not user-defined. - - - - - PACKAGE_PREPROCESS_FUNCS - - PACKAGE_PREPROCESS_FUNCS[doc] = "Specifies a list of functions run to pre-process the PKGD directory prior to splitting the files out to individual packages." - - - - Specifies a list of functions run to pre-process the - PKGD - directory prior to splitting the files out to individual - packages. - - - - - PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS - - PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS[doc] = "Specifies post-installation and pre-installation script dependencies on native/cross tools." - - - - Specifies a list of dependencies for post-installation and - pre-installation scripts on native/cross tools. - If your post-installation or pre-installation script can - execute at rootfs creation time rather than on the - target but depends on a native tool in order to execute, - you need to list the tools in - PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS. - - - - For information on running post-installation scripts, see - the - "Post-Installation Scripts" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - PACKAGECONFIG - - PACKAGECONFIG[doc] = "This variable provides a means of enabling or disabling features of a recipe on a per-recipe basis." - - - - This variable provides a means of enabling or disabling - features of a recipe on a per-recipe basis. - PACKAGECONFIG blocks are defined - in recipes when you specify features and then arguments - that define feature behaviors. - Here is the basic block structure (broken over multiple - lines for readability): - - PACKAGECONFIG ??= "f1 f2 f3 ..." - PACKAGECONFIG[f1] = "\ - --with-f1, \ - --without-f1, \ - build-deps-for-f1, \ - runtime-deps-for-f1, \ - runtime-recommends-for-f1, \ - packageconfig-conflicts-for-f1 \ - " - PACKAGECONFIG[f2] = "\ - ... and so on and so on ... - - - - - The PACKAGECONFIG - variable itself specifies a space-separated list of the - features to enable. - Following the features, you can determine the behavior of - each feature by providing up to six order-dependent - arguments, which are separated by commas. - You can omit any argument you like but must retain the - separating commas. - The order is important and specifies the following: - - Extra arguments - that should be added to the configure script - argument list - (EXTRA_OECONF - or - PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS) - if the feature is enabled. - Extra arguments - that should be added to EXTRA_OECONF - or PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS - if the feature is disabled. - - Additional build dependencies - (DEPENDS) - that should be added if the feature is enabled. - - Additional runtime dependencies - (RDEPENDS) - that should be added if the feature is enabled. - - Additional runtime recommendations - (RRECOMMENDS) - that should be added if the feature is enabled. - - Any conflicting (that is, mutually - exclusive) PACKAGECONFIG - settings for this feature. - - - - - - Consider the following - PACKAGECONFIG block taken from the - librsvg recipe. - In this example the feature is gtk, - which has three arguments that determine the feature's - behavior. - - PACKAGECONFIG[gtk] = "--with-gtk3,--without-gtk3,gtk+3" - - The --with-gtk3 and - gtk+3 arguments apply only if - the feature is enabled. - In this case, --with-gtk3 is - added to the configure script argument list and - gtk+3 is added to - DEPENDS. - On the other hand, if the feature is disabled say through - a .bbappend file in another layer, then - the second argument --without-gtk3 is - added to the configure script instead. - - - - The basic PACKAGECONFIG structure - previously described holds true regardless of whether you - are creating a block or changing a block. - When creating a block, use the structure inside your - recipe. - - - - If you want to change an existing - PACKAGECONFIG block, you can do so - one of two ways: - - Append file: - Create an append file named - recipename.bbappend - in your layer and override the value of - PACKAGECONFIG. - You can either completely override the variable: - - PACKAGECONFIG = "f4 f5" - - Or, you can just append the variable: - - PACKAGECONFIG_append = " f4" - - Configuration file: - This method is identical to changing the block - through an append file except you edit your - local.conf or - mydistro.conf file. - As with append files previously described, - you can either completely override the variable: - - PACKAGECONFIG_pn-recipename = "f4 f5" - - Or, you can just amend the variable: - - PACKAGECONFIG_append_pn-recipename = " f4" - - - - - - - PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS - - PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS[doc] = "A space-separated list of configuration options generated from the PACKAGECONFIG setting." - - - - A space-separated list of configuration options generated - from the - PACKAGECONFIG - setting. - - - - Classes such as - autotools - and - cmake - use PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS to pass - PACKAGECONFIG options to - configure and - cmake, respectively. - If you are using - PACKAGECONFIG but not a class that - handles the do_configure task, then - you need to use - PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS appropriately. - - - - - PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY - - PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY[doc] = "Prevents automatic creation of the normal complementary packages such as -dev and -dbg in a packagegroup recipe." - - - - For recipes inheriting the - packagegroup - class, setting - PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY to - "1" specifies that the normal complementary packages - (i.e. -dev, - -dbg, and so forth) should not be - automatically created by the - packagegroup recipe, which is the - default behavior. - - - - - PACKAGES - - PACKAGES[doc] = "The list of packages the recipe creates." - - - - The list of packages the recipe creates. - The default value is the following: - - ${PN}-dbg ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-dev ${PN}-doc ${PN}-locale ${PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN} ${PN} - - - - - During packaging, the - do_package - task goes through PACKAGES and uses - the - FILES - variable corresponding to each package to assign files to - the package. - If a file matches the FILES variable - for more than one package in PACKAGES, - it will be assigned to the earliest (leftmost) package. - - - - Packages in the variable's list that are empty (i.e. where - none of the patterns in - FILES_pkg - match any files installed by the - do_install - task) are not generated, unless generation is forced through - the - ALLOW_EMPTY - variable. - - - - - PACKAGES_DYNAMIC - - PACKAGES_DYNAMIC[doc] = "A promise that your recipe satisfies runtime dependencies for optional modules that are found in other recipes." - - - - A promise that your recipe satisfies runtime dependencies - for optional modules that are found in other recipes. - PACKAGES_DYNAMIC - does not actually satisfy the dependencies, it only states that - they should be satisfied. - For example, if a hard, runtime dependency - (RDEPENDS) - of another package is satisfied - at build time through the PACKAGES_DYNAMIC - variable, but a package with the module name is never actually - produced, then the other package will be broken. - Thus, if you attempt to include that package in an image, - you will get a dependency failure from the packaging system - during the - do_rootfs - task. - - - - Typically, if there is a chance that such a situation can - occur and the package that is not created is valid - without the dependency being satisfied, then you should use - RRECOMMENDS - (a soft runtime dependency) instead of - RDEPENDS. - - - - For an example of how to use the PACKAGES_DYNAMIC - variable when you are splitting packages, see the - "Handling Optional Module Packaging" section - in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - PACKAGESPLITFUNCS - - PACKAGESPLITFUNCS[doc] = "Specifies a list of functions run to perform additional splitting of files into individual packages." - - - - Specifies a list of functions run to perform additional - splitting of files into individual packages. - Recipes can either prepend to this variable or prepend - to the populate_packages function - in order to perform additional package splitting. - In either case, the function should set - PACKAGES, - FILES, - RDEPENDS - and other packaging variables appropriately in order to - perform the desired splitting. - - - - - PARALLEL_MAKE - - PARALLEL_MAKE[doc] = "Specifies extra options that are passed to the make command during the compile tasks. This variable is usually in the form -j x, where x represents the maximum number of parallel threads make can run." - - - - Extra options passed to the make - command during the - do_compile - task in order to specify parallel compilation on the local - build host. - This variable is usually in the form "-j x", - where x represents the maximum - number of parallel threads make can - run. - Caution - In order for PARALLEL_MAKE to be - effective, make must be called - with - ${EXTRA_OEMAKE}. - An easy way to ensure this is to use the - oe_runmake function. - - - - - By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically - sets this variable to be equal to the number of cores the - build system uses. - - If the software being built experiences dependency - issues during the do_compile - task that result in race conditions, you can clear - the PARALLEL_MAKE variable within - the recipe as a workaround. - For information on addressing race conditions, see the - "Debugging Parallel Make Races" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not - have to override this variable to gain optimal parallelism - during builds. - However, if you have very large systems that employ - multiple physical CPUs, you might want to make sure the - PARALLEL_MAKE variable is not - set higher than "-j 20". - - - - For more information on speeding up builds, see the - "Speeding Up a Build" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - PARALLEL_MAKEINST - - PARALLEL_MAKEINST[doc] = "Extra options passed to the make install command during the do_install task in order to specify parallel installation." - - - - Extra options passed to the - make install command during the - do_install - task in order to specify parallel installation. - This variable defaults to the value of - PARALLEL_MAKE. - Notes and Cautions - In order for PARALLEL_MAKEINST - to be - effective, make must be called - with - ${EXTRA_OEMAKE}. - An easy way to ensure this is to use the - oe_runmake function. - - If the software being built experiences - dependency issues during the - do_install task that result in - race conditions, you can clear the - PARALLEL_MAKEINST variable within - the recipe as a workaround. - For information on addressing race conditions, see the - "Debugging Parallel Make Races" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - - - PATCHRESOLVE - - PATCHRESOLVE[doc] = "Enable or disable interactive patch resolution." - - - - Determines the action to take when a patch fails. - You can set this variable to one of two values: "noop" and - "user". - - - - The default value of "noop" causes the build to simply fail - when the OpenEmbedded build system cannot successfully - apply a patch. - Setting the value to "user" causes the build system to - launch a shell and places you in the right location so that - you can manually resolve the conflicts. - - - - Set this variable in your - local.conf file. - - - - - PATCHTOOL - - PATCHTOOL[doc] = "Specifies the utility used to apply patches for a recipe during do_patch." - - - - Specifies the utility used to apply patches for a recipe - during the - do_patch - task. - You can specify one of three utilities: "patch", "quilt", or - "git". - The default utility used is "quilt" except for the - quilt-native recipe itself. - Because the quilt tool is not available at the - time quilt-native is being patched, it uses "patch". - - - - If you wish to use an alternative patching tool, set the - variable in the recipe using one of the following: - - PATCHTOOL = "patch" - PATCHTOOL = "quilt" - PATCHTOOL = "git" - - - - - - PE - - PE[doc] = "The epoch of the recipe. The default value is '0'. The field is used to make upgrades possible when the versioning scheme changes in some backwards incompatible way." - - - - The epoch of the recipe. - By default, this variable is unset. - The variable is used to make upgrades possible when the - versioning scheme changes in some backwards incompatible - way. - - - - PE is the default value of the - PKGE - variable. - - - - - PF - - PF[doc] = "Specifies the recipe or package name and includes all version and revision numbers. This variable is comprised of ${PN}-${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}." - - - - Specifies the recipe or package name and includes all version and revision - numbers (i.e. glibc-2.13-r20+svnr15508/ and - bash-4.2-r1/). - This variable is comprised of the following: - - ${PN}-${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR} - - - - - - PIXBUF_PACKAGES - - PIXBUF_PACKAGES[doc] = "When a recipe inherits the pixbufcache class, this variable identifies packages that contain the pixbuf loaders used with gdk-pixbuf." - - - - When inheriting the - pixbufcache - class, this variable identifies packages that contain - the pixbuf loaders used with - gdk-pixbuf. - By default, the pixbufcache class - assumes that the loaders are in the recipe's main package - (i.e. ${PN}). - Use this variable if the loaders you need are in a package - other than that main package. - - - - - PKG - - PKG[doc] = "The name of the resulting package created by the OpenEmbedded build system. When you use this variable, you must use a package name override." - - - - The name of the resulting package created by the - OpenEmbedded build system. - - When using the PKG variable, you - must use a package name override. - - - - - For example, when the - debian - class renames the output package, it does so by setting - PKG_packagename. - - - - - PKG_CONFIG_PATH - - PKG_CONFIG_PATH[doc] = "Path to pkg-config files for the current build context." - - - - The path to pkg-config files for the - current build context. - pkg-config reads this variable - from the environment. - - - - - PKGD - - PKGD[doc] = "Points to the destination directory for files to be packaged before they are split into individual packages." - - - - Points to the destination directory for files to be - packaged before they are split into individual packages. - This directory defaults to the following: - - ${WORKDIR}/package - - - - - Do not change this default. - - - - - PKGDATA_DIR - - PKGDATA_DIR[doc] = "Points to a shared, global-state directory that holds data generated during the packaging process." - - - - Points to a shared, global-state directory that holds data - generated during the packaging process. - During the packaging process, the - do_packagedata - task packages data for each recipe and installs it into - this temporary, shared area. - This directory defaults to the following, which you should - not change: - - ${STAGING_DIR_HOST}/pkgdata - - For examples of how this data is used, see the - "Automatically Added Runtime Dependencies" - section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual - and the - "Viewing Package Information with oe-pkgdata-util" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - For more information on the shared, global-state directory, - see - STAGING_DIR_HOST. - - - - - PKGDEST - - PKGDEST[doc] = "Points to the parent directory for files to be packaged after they have been split into individual packages." - - - - Points to the parent directory for files to be packaged - after they have been split into individual packages. - This directory defaults to the following: - - ${WORKDIR}/packages-split - - - - - Under this directory, the build system creates - directories for each package specified in - PACKAGES. - Do not change this default. - - - - - PKGDESTWORK - - PKGDESTWORK[doc] = "Points to a temporary work area where the do_package task saves package metadata." - - - - Points to a temporary work area where the - do_package - task saves package metadata. - The PKGDESTWORK location defaults to - the following: - - ${WORKDIR}/pkgdata - - Do not change this default. - - - - The - do_packagedata - task copies the package metadata from - PKGDESTWORK to - PKGDATA_DIR - to make it available globally. - - - - - PKGE - - PKGE[doc] = "The epoch of the package(s) built by the recipe." - - - - The epoch of the package(s) built by the recipe. - By default, PKGE is set to - PE. - - - - - PKGR - - PKGR[doc] = "The revision of the package(s) built by the recipe." - - - - The revision of the package(s) built by the recipe. - By default, PKGR is set to - PR. - - - - - PKGV - - PKGV[doc] = "The version of the package(s) built by the recipe." - - - - The version of the package(s) built by the - recipe. - By default, PKGV is set to - PV. - - - - - PN - - PN[doc] = "PN refers to a recipe name in the context of a file used by the OpenEmbedded build system as input to create a package." - - - - This variable can have two separate functions depending on the context: a recipe - name or a resulting package name. - - - - PN refers to a recipe name in the context of a file used - by the OpenEmbedded build system as input to create a package. - The name is normally extracted from the recipe file name. - For example, if the recipe is named - expat_2.0.1.bb, then the default value of PN - will be "expat". - - - - The variable refers to a package name in the context of a file created or produced by the - OpenEmbedded build system. - - - - If applicable, the PN variable also contains any special - suffix or prefix. - For example, using bash to build packages for the native - machine, PN is bash-native. - Using bash to build packages for the target and for Multilib, - PN would be bash and - lib64-bash, respectively. - - - - - PNBLACKLIST - - PNBLACKLIST[doc] = "Lists recipes you do not want the OpenEmbedded build system to build." - - - - Lists recipes you do not want the OpenEmbedded build system - to build. - This variable works in conjunction with the - blacklist - class, which is inherited globally. - - - - To prevent a recipe from being built, use the - PNBLACKLIST variable in your - local.conf file. - Here is an example that prevents - myrecipe from being built: - - PNBLACKLIST[myrecipe] = "Not supported by our organization." - - - - - - POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND - - POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND[doc] = "Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build system has created host part of the SDK." - - - - Specifies a list of functions to call once the - OpenEmbedded build system has created the host part of - the SDK. - You can specify functions separated by semicolons: - - POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND += "function; ... " - - - - - If you need to pass the SDK path to a command - within a function, you can use - ${SDK_DIR}, which points to - the parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build - system when creating SDK output. - See the - SDK_DIR - variable for more information. - - - - - POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND - - POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND[doc] = "Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build system has created target part of the SDK." - - - - Specifies a list of functions to call once the - OpenEmbedded build system has created the target part of - the SDK. - You can specify functions separated by semicolons: - - POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND += "function; ... " - - - - - If you need to pass the SDK path to a command - within a function, you can use - ${SDK_DIR}, which points to - the parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build - system when creating SDK output. - See the - SDK_DIR - variable for more information. - - - - - PR - - PR[doc] = "The revision of the recipe. The default value for this variable is 'r0'." - - - - The revision of the recipe. The default value for this - variable is "r0". - Subsequent revisions of the recipe conventionally have the - values "r1", "r2", and so forth. - When - PV - increases, PR is conventionally reset - to "r0". - - The OpenEmbedded build system does not need the aid of - PR to know when to rebuild a - recipe. - The build system uses the task - input checksums - along with the - stamp - and - shared state cache - mechanisms. - - The PR variable primarily becomes - significant when a package manager dynamically installs - packages on an already built image. - In this case, PR, which is the default - value of - PKGR, - helps the package manager distinguish which package is the - most recent one in cases where many packages have the same - PV (i.e. PKGV). - A component having many packages with the same - PV usually means that the packages all - install the same upstream version, but with later - (PR) version packages including - packaging fixes. - - PR does not need to be increased - for changes that do not change the package contents or - metadata. - - Because manually managing PR can be - cumbersome and error-prone, an automated solution exists. - See the - "Working With a PR Service" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual - for more information. - - - - - PREFERRED_PROVIDER - - PREFERRED_PROVIDER[doc] = "If multiple recipes provide an item, this variable determines which recipe should be given preference." - - - - If multiple recipes provide the same item, this variable - determines which recipe is preferred and thus provides - the item (i.e. the preferred provider). - You should always suffix this variable with the name of the - provided item. - And, you should define the variable using the preferred - recipe's name - (PN). - Here is a common example: - - PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto" - - In the previous example, multiple recipes are providing - "virtual/kernel". - The PREFERRED_PROVIDER variable is - set with the name (PN) of the recipe - you prefer to provide "virtual/kernel". - - - - Following are more examples: - - PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver = "xserver-xf86" - PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/libgl ?= "mesa" - - For more information, see the - "Using Virtual Providers" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - If you use a virtual/* item - with PREFERRED_PROVIDER, then any - recipe that - PROVIDES - that item but is not selected (defined) by - PREFERRED_PROVIDER is prevented - from building, which is usually desirable since this - mechanism is designed to select between mutually - exclusive alternative providers. - - - - - - PREFERRED_VERSION - - PREFERRED_VERSION[doc] = "If there are multiple versions of recipes available, this variable determines which recipe should be given preference." - - - - If multiple versions of recipes exist, this - variable determines which version is given preference. - You must always suffix the variable with the - PN - you want to select, and you should set the - PV - accordingly for precedence. - - - - The PREFERRED_VERSION variable - supports limited wildcard use through the - "%" character. - You can use the character to match any number of - characters, which can be useful when specifying versions - that contain long revision numbers that potentially change. - Here are two examples: - - PREFERRED_VERSION_python = "3.4.0" - PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto = "5.0%" - - Important - The use of the "%" character - is limited in that it only works at the end of the - string. - You cannot use the wildcard character in any other - location of the string. - - - - - The specified version is matched against - PV, - which does not necessarily match the version part of - the recipe's filename. - For example, consider two recipes - foo_1.2.bb and - foo_git.bb where - foo_git.bb contains the following - assignment: - - PV = "1.1+git${SRCPV}" - - In this case, the correct way to select - foo_git.bb is by using an - assignment such as the following: - - PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "1.1+git%" - - Compare that previous example against the following - incorrect example, which does not work: - - PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "git" - - - - - Sometimes the PREFERRED_VERSION - variable can be set by configuration files in a way that - is hard to change. - You can use - OVERRIDES - to set a machine-specific override. - Here is an example: - - PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_qemux86 = "5.0%" - - Although not recommended, worst case, you can also use the - "forcevariable" override, which is the strongest override - possible. - Here is an example: - - PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_forcevariable = "5.0%" - - - The _forcevariable override is - not handled specially. - This override only works because the default value of - OVERRIDES includes - "forcevariable". - - - - - - PREMIRRORS - - PREMIRRORS[doc] = "Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system gets source code." - - - - Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded - build system gets source code. - When the build system searches for source code, it first - tries the local download directory. - If that location fails, the build system tries locations - defined by PREMIRRORS, the upstream - source, and then locations specified by - MIRRORS - in that order. - - - - Assuming your distribution - (DISTRO) - is "poky", the default value for - PREMIRRORS is defined in the - conf/distro/poky.conf file in the - meta-poky Git repository. - - - - Typically, you could add a specific server for the - build system to attempt before any others by adding - something like the following to the - local.conf configuration file in the - Build Directory: - - PREMIRRORS_prepend = "\ - git://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ - ftp://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ - http://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ - https://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n" - - These changes cause the build system to intercept - Git, FTP, HTTP, and HTTPS requests and direct them to - the http:// sources mirror. - You can use file:// URLs to point - to local directories or network shares as well. - - - - - PRIORITY - - PRIORITY[doc] = "Indicates the importance of a package. The default value is 'optional'. Other standard values are 'required', 'standard', and 'extra'." - - - - Indicates the importance of a package. - - - - PRIORITY is considered to be part of - the distribution policy because the importance of any given - recipe depends on the purpose for which the distribution - is being produced. - Thus, PRIORITY is not normally set - within recipes. - - - - You can set PRIORITY to "required", - "standard", "extra", and "optional", which is the default. - - - - - PRIVATE_LIBS - - PRIVATE_LIBS[doc] = "Specifies libraries installed within a recipe that should be ignored by the OpenEmbedded build system's shared library resolver." - - - - Specifies libraries installed within a recipe that - should be ignored by the OpenEmbedded build system's - shared library resolver. - This variable is typically used when software being - built by a recipe has its own private versions of a - library normally provided by another recipe. - In this case, you would not want the package containing - the private libraries to be set as a dependency on other - unrelated packages that should instead depend on the - package providing the standard version of the library. - - - - Libraries specified in this variable should be specified - by their file name. - For example, from the Firefox recipe in meta-browser: - - PRIVATE_LIBS = "libmozjs.so \ - libxpcom.so \ - libnspr4.so \ - libxul.so \ - libmozalloc.so \ - libplc4.so \ - libplds4.so" - - - - - For more information, see the - "Automatically Added Runtime Dependencies" - section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. - - - - - PROVIDES - - PROVIDES[doc] = "A list of aliases that a recipe also provides. These aliases are useful for satisfying dependencies of other recipes during the build as specified by DEPENDS." - - - - A list of aliases by which a particular recipe can be - known. - By default, a recipe's own - PN - is implicitly already in its PROVIDES - list and therefore does not need to mention that it provides itself. - If a recipe uses PROVIDES, the - additional aliases are synonyms for the recipe and can - be useful for satisfying dependencies of other recipes during - the build as specified by - DEPENDS. - - - - Consider the following example - PROVIDES statement from the recipe - file eudev_3.2.9.bb: - - PROVIDES = "udev" - - The PROVIDES statement results in - the "eudev" recipe also being available as simply "udev". - - - Given that a recipe's own recipe name is already - implicitly in its own PROVIDES list, - it is unnecessary to add aliases with the "+=" operator; - using a simple assignment will be sufficient. In other - words, while you could write: - - PROVIDES += "udev" - - in the above, the "+=" is overkill and unnecessary. - - - - - In addition to providing recipes under alternate names, - the PROVIDES mechanism is also used - to implement virtual targets. - A virtual target is a name that corresponds to some - particular functionality (e.g. a Linux kernel). - Recipes that provide the functionality in question list the - virtual target in PROVIDES. - Recipes that depend on the functionality in question can - include the virtual target in DEPENDS - to leave the choice of provider open. - - - - Conventionally, virtual targets have names on the form - "virtual/function" (e.g. "virtual/kernel"). - The slash is simply part of the name and has no - syntactical significance. - - - - The - PREFERRED_PROVIDER - variable is used to select which particular recipe - provides a virtual target. - - A corresponding mechanism for virtual runtime - dependencies (packages) exists. - However, the mechanism does not depend on any special - functionality beyond ordinary variable assignments. - For example, - VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager - refers to the package of the component that manages - the /dev directory. - - Setting the "preferred provider" for runtime - dependencies is as simple as using the following - assignment in a configuration file: - - VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "udev" - - - - - - - PRSERV_HOST - - PRSERV_HOST[doc] = "The network based PR service host and port." - - - - The network based - PR - service host and port. - - - - The conf/local.conf.sample.extended - configuration file in the - Source Directory - shows how the PRSERV_HOST variable is - set: - - PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0" - - You must set the variable if you want to automatically - start a local - PR service. - You can set PRSERV_HOST to other - values to use a remote PR service. - - - - - PTEST_ENABLED - - PRSERV_HOST[doc] = "Specifies whether or not Package Test (ptest) functionality is enabled when building a recipe." - - - - Specifies whether or not - Package Test - (ptest) functionality is enabled when building a recipe. - You should not set this variable directly. - Enabling and disabling building Package Tests - at build time should be done by adding "ptest" to (or - removing it from) - DISTRO_FEATURES. - - - - - PV - - PV[doc] = "The version of the recipe. The version is normally extracted from the recipe filename." - - - - The version of the recipe. - The version is normally extracted from the recipe filename. - For example, if the recipe is named - expat_2.0.1.bb, then the default value - of PV will be "2.0.1". - PV is generally not overridden within - a recipe unless it is building an unstable (i.e. - development) version from a source code repository - (e.g. Git or Subversion). - - - - PV is the default value of the - PKGV - variable. - - - - - PYTHON_ABI - - PYTHON_ABI[doc] = "When used by recipes that inherit the distutils3, setuptools3, distutils, or setuptools classes, denotes the Application Binary Interface (ABI) currently in use for Python." - - - - When used by recipes that inherit the - distutils3, - setuptools3, - distutils, - or - setuptools - classes, denotes the Application Binary Interface (ABI) - currently in use for Python. - By default, the ABI is "m". - You do not have to set this variable as the OpenEmbedded - build system sets it for you. - - - - The OpenEmbedded build system uses the ABI to construct - directory names used when installing the Python headers - and libraries in sysroot - (e.g. .../python3.3m/...). - - - - Recipes that inherit the distutils - class during cross-builds also use this variable to - locate the headers and libraries of the appropriate Python - that the extension is targeting. - - - - - PYTHON_PN - - PYTHON_PN[doc] = "When used by recipes that inherit the distutils3, setuptools3, distutils, or setuptools classes, specifies the major Python version being built." - - - - When used by recipes that inherit the - distutils3, - setuptools3, - distutils, - or - setuptools - classes, specifies the major Python version being built. - For Python 3.x, PYTHON_PN would be - "python3". - You do not have to set this variable as the - OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets it for you. - - - - The variable allows recipes to use common infrastructure - such as the following: - - DEPENDS += "${PYTHON_PN}-native" - - In the previous example, the version of the dependency - is PYTHON_PN. - - - - - - - R - - RANLIB - - RANLIB[doc] = "Minimal command and arguments to run 'ranlib'." - - - - The minimal command and arguments to run - ranlib. - - - - - RCONFLICTS - - RCONFLICTS[doc] = "The list of packages that conflict with another package. Note that the package will not be installed if the conflicting packages are not first removed." - - - - The list of packages that conflict with packages. - Note that packages will not be installed if conflicting - packages are not first removed. - - - - Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use - them in conjunction with a package name override. - Here is an example: - - RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "another_conflicting_package_name" - - - - - BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports - specifying versioned dependencies. - Although the syntax varies depending on the packaging - format, BitBake hides these differences from you. - Here is the general syntax to specify versions with - the RCONFLICTS variable: - - RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "package (operator version)" - - For operator, you can specify the - following: - - = - < - > - <= - >= - - For example, the following sets up a dependency on version - 1.2 or greater of the package foo: - - RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" - - - - - - RDEPENDS - - RDEPENDS[doc] = "Lists runtime dependencies of a package." - - - - Lists runtime dependencies of a package. - These dependencies are other packages that must be - installed in order for the package to function correctly. - As an example, the following assignment declares that the - package foo needs the packages - bar and baz to - be installed: - - RDEPENDS_foo = "bar baz" - - The most common types of package runtime dependencies are - automatically detected and added. - Therefore, most recipes do not need to set - RDEPENDS. - For more information, see the - "Automatically Added Runtime Dependencies" - section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. - - - - The practical effect of the above - RDEPENDS assignment is that - bar and baz - will be declared as dependencies inside the package - foo when it is written out by one of - the - do_package_write_* - tasks. - Exactly how this is done depends on which package format - is used, which is determined by - PACKAGE_CLASSES. - When the corresponding package manager installs the - package, it will know to also install the packages on - which it depends. - - - - To ensure that the packages bar and - baz get built, the previous - RDEPENDS assignment also causes a task - dependency to be added. - This dependency is from the recipe's - do_build - (not to be confused with - do_compile) - task to the do_package_write_* - task of the recipes that build bar and - baz. - - - - The names of the packages you list within - RDEPENDS must be the names of other - packages - they cannot be recipe names. - Although package names and recipe names usually match, - the important point here is that you are - providing package names within the - RDEPENDS variable. - For an example of the default list of packages created from - a recipe, see the - PACKAGES - variable. - - - - Because the RDEPENDS variable applies - to packages being built, you should always use the variable - in a form with an attached package name (remember that a - single recipe can build multiple packages). - For example, suppose you are building a development package - that depends on the perl package. - In this case, you would use the following - RDEPENDS statement: - - RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev += "perl" - - In the example, the development package depends on - the perl package. - Thus, the RDEPENDS variable has the - ${PN}-dev package name as part of the - variable. - - Caution - RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev includes - ${PN} - by default. - This default is set in the BitBake configuration file - (meta/conf/bitbake.conf). - Be careful not to accidentally remove - ${PN} when modifying - RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev. - Use the "+=" operator rather than the "=" operator. - - - - - The package names you use with - RDEPENDS must appear as they would in - the PACKAGES variable. - The - PKG - variable allows a different name to be used for - the final package (e.g. the - debian - class uses this to rename packages), but this final package - name cannot be used with RDEPENDS, - which makes sense as RDEPENDS is meant - to be independent of the package format used. - - - - BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports - specifying versioned dependencies. - Although the syntax varies depending on the packaging - format, BitBake hides these differences from you. - Here is the general syntax to specify versions with - the RDEPENDS variable: - - RDEPENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)" - - For operator, you can specify the - following: - - = - < - > - <= - >= - - For version, provide the version - number. - Tip - You can use - EXTENDPKGV - to provide a full package version specification. - - For example, the following sets up a dependency on version - 1.2 or greater of the package foo: - - RDEPENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" - - - - - For information on build-time dependencies, see the - DEPENDS - variable. - You can also see the - "Tasks" and - "Dependencies" - sections in the BitBake User Manual for additional - information on tasks and dependencies. - - - - - REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES - - REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES[doc] = "When a recipe inherits the distro_features_check class, this variable identifies distribution features that must exist in the current configuration in order for the OpenEmbedded build system to build the recipe." - - - - When inheriting the - distro_features_check - class, this - variable identifies distribution features that must - exist in the current configuration in order for the - OpenEmbedded build system to build the recipe. - In other words, if the - REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES variable - lists a feature that does not appear in - DISTRO_FEATURES within the - current configuration, an error occurs and the - build stops. - - - - - RM_WORK_EXCLUDE - - RM_WORK_EXCLUDE[doc] = "With rm_work enabled, this variable specifies a list of packages whose work directories should not be removed." - - - - With rm_work enabled, this - variable specifies a list of recipes whose work directories - should not be removed. - See the "rm_work.bbclass" - section for more details. - - - - - ROOT_HOME - - ROOT_HOME[doc] = "Defines the root home directory." - - - - Defines the root home directory. - By default, this directory is set as follows in the - BitBake configuration file: - - ROOT_HOME ??= "/home/root" - - - This default value is likely used because some - embedded solutions prefer to have a read-only root - filesystem and prefer to keep writeable data in one - place. - - - - - You can override the default by setting the variable - in any layer or in the local.conf file. - Because the default is set using a "weak" assignment - (i.e. "??="), you can use either of the following forms - to define your override: - - ROOT_HOME = "/root" - ROOT_HOME ?= "/root" - - These override examples use /root, - which is probably the most commonly used override. - - - - - ROOTFS - - ROOTFS[doc] = "Indicates a filesystem image to include as the root filesystem." - - - - Indicates a filesystem image to include as the root - filesystem. - - - - The ROOTFS variable is an optional - variable used with the - image-live - class. - - - - - ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND - - ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND[doc] = "Specifies a list of functions to call after installing packages." - - - - Specifies a list of functions to call after the - OpenEmbedded build system has installed packages. - You can specify functions separated by semicolons: - - ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... " - - - - - If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command - within a function, you can use - ${IMAGE_ROOTFS}, which points to - the directory that becomes the root filesystem image. - See the - IMAGE_ROOTFS - variable for more information. - - - - - ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND - - ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND[doc] = "Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build system has created the root filesystem." - - - - Specifies a list of functions to call once the - OpenEmbedded build system has created the root filesystem. - You can specify functions separated by semicolons: - - ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " - - - - - If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command - within a function, you can use - ${IMAGE_ROOTFS}, which points to - the directory that becomes the root filesystem image. - See the - IMAGE_ROOTFS - variable for more information. - - - - - ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND - - ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND[doc] = "Specifies a list of functions to call after removal of unneeded packages." - - - - Specifies a list of functions to call after the - OpenEmbedded build system has removed unnecessary - packages. - When runtime package management is disabled in the - image, several packages are removed including - base-passwd, - shadow, and - update-alternatives. - You can specify functions separated by semicolons: - - ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... " - - - - - If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command - within a function, you can use - ${IMAGE_ROOTFS}, which points to - the directory that becomes the root filesystem image. - See the - IMAGE_ROOTFS - variable for more information. - - - - - ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND - - ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND[doc] = "Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build system has created the root filesystem." - - - - Specifies a list of functions to call before the - OpenEmbedded build system has created the root filesystem. - You can specify functions separated by semicolons: - - ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " - - - - - If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command - within a function, you can use - ${IMAGE_ROOTFS}, which points to - the directory that becomes the root filesystem image. - See the - IMAGE_ROOTFS - variable for more information. - - - - - RPROVIDES - - RPROVIDES[doc] = "A list of package name aliases that a package also provides. These aliases are useful for satisfying runtime dependencies of other packages both during the build and on the target." - - - - A list of package name aliases that a package also provides. - These aliases are useful for satisfying runtime dependencies - of other packages both during the build and on the target - (as specified by - RDEPENDS). - - A package's own name is implicitly already in its - RPROVIDES list. - - - - - As with all package-controlling variables, you must always - use the variable in conjunction with a package name override. - Here is an example: - - RPROVIDES_${PN} = "widget-abi-2" - - - - - - RRECOMMENDS - - RRECOMMENDS[doc] = "A list of packages that extends the usability of a package being built. The package being built does not depend on this list of packages in order to successfully build, but needs them for the extended usability." - - - - A list of packages that extends the usability of a package - being built. - The package being built does not depend on this list of - packages in order to successfully build, but rather - uses them for extended usability. - To specify runtime dependencies for packages, see the - RDEPENDS - variable. - - - - The package manager will automatically install the - RRECOMMENDS list of packages when - installing the built package. - However, you can prevent listed packages from being - installed by using the - BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS, - NO_RECOMMENDATIONS, - and - PACKAGE_EXCLUDE - variables. - - - - Packages specified in - RRECOMMENDS need not actually be - produced. - However, a recipe must exist that provides each package, - either through the - PACKAGES - or - PACKAGES_DYNAMIC - variables or the - RPROVIDES - variable, or an error will occur during the build. - If such a recipe does exist and the package is not produced, - the build continues without error. - - - - Because the RRECOMMENDS variable - applies to packages being built, you should always attach - an override to the variable to specify the particular - package whose usability is being extended. - For example, suppose you are building a development package - that is extended to support wireless functionality. - In this case, you would use the following: - - RRECOMMENDS_${PN}-dev += "wireless_package_name" - - In the example, the package name - (${PN}-dev) - must appear as it would in the - PACKAGES namespace before any renaming - of the output package by classes such as - debian.bbclass. - - - - BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports - specifying versioned recommends. - Although the syntax varies depending on the packaging - format, BitBake hides these differences from you. - Here is the general syntax to specify versions with - the RRECOMMENDS variable: - - RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)" - - For operator, you can specify the - following: - - = - < - > - <= - >= - - For example, the following sets up a recommend on version - 1.2 or greater of the package foo: - - RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" - - - - - - RREPLACES - - RREPLACES[doc] = "A list of packages replaced by a package. The package manager uses this variable to determine which package should be installed to replace other package(s) during an upgrade." - - - - A list of packages replaced by a package. - The package manager uses this variable to determine which - package should be installed to replace other package(s) - during an upgrade. - In order to also have the other package(s) removed at the - same time, you must add the name of the other - package to the - RCONFLICTS variable. - - - - As with all package-controlling variables, you must use - this variable in conjunction with a package name - override. - Here is an example: - - RREPLACES_${PN} = "other_package_being_replaced" - - - - - BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports - specifying versioned replacements. - Although the syntax varies depending on the packaging - format, BitBake hides these differences from you. - Here is the general syntax to specify versions with - the RREPLACES variable: - - RREPLACES_${PN} = "package (operator version)" - - For operator, you can specify the - following: - - = - < - > - <= - >= - - For example, the following sets up a replacement using - version 1.2 or greater of the package - foo: - - RREPLACES_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" - - - - - - RSUGGESTS - - RSUGGESTS[doc] = "A list of additional packages that you can suggest for installation by the package manager at the time a package is installed. Not all package managers support this functionality." - - - - A list of additional packages that you can suggest for - installation by the package manager at the time a package - is installed. - Not all package managers support this functionality. - - - - As with all package-controlling variables, you must always - use this variable in conjunction with a package name - override. - Here is an example: - - RSUGGESTS_${PN} = "useful_package another_package" - - - - - - - - S - - S - - S[doc] = "The location in the Build Directory where unpacked package source code resides." - - - - The location in the - Build Directory - where unpacked recipe source code resides. - By default, this directory is - ${WORKDIR}/${BPN}-${PV}, - where ${BPN} is the base recipe name - and ${PV} is the recipe version. - If the source tarball extracts the code to a directory - named anything other than ${BPN}-${PV}, - or if the source code is fetched from an SCM such as - Git or Subversion, then you must set S - in the recipe so that the OpenEmbedded build system - knows where to find the unpacked source. - - - - As an example, assume a - Source Directory - top-level folder named poky and a - default Build Directory at poky/build. - In this case, the work directory the build system uses - to keep the unpacked recipe for db - is the following: - - poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/db/5.1.19-r3/db-5.1.19 - - The unpacked source code resides in the - db-5.1.19 folder. - - - - This next example assumes a Git repository. - By default, Git repositories are cloned to - ${WORKDIR}/git during - do_fetch. - Since this path is different from the default value of - S, you must set it specifically - so the source can be located: - - SRC_URI = "git://path/to/repo.git" - S = "${WORKDIR}/git" - - - - - - SANITY_REQUIRED_UTILITIES - - SANITY_REQUIRED_UTILITIES[doc] = "Specifies a list of command-line utilities that should be checked for during the initial sanity checking process when running BitBake." - - - - Specifies a list of command-line utilities that should be - checked for during the initial sanity checking process when - running BitBake. - If any of the utilities are not installed on the build host, - then BitBake immediately exits with an error. - - - - - SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS - - SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS[doc] = "A list of the host distribution identifiers that the build system has been tested against." - - - - A list of the host distribution identifiers that the - build system has been tested against. - Identifiers consist of the host distributor ID - followed by the release, - as reported by the lsb_release tool - or as read from /etc/lsb-release. - Separate the list items with explicit newline - characters (\n). - If SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS is not empty - and the current value of - NATIVELSBSTRING - does not appear in the list, then the build system reports - a warning that indicates the current host distribution has - not been tested as a build host. - - - - - SDK_ARCH - - SDK_ARCH[doc] = "The target architecture for the SDK." - - - - The target architecture for the SDK. - Typically, you do not directly set this variable. - Instead, use - SDKMACHINE. - - - - - SDK_DEPLOY - - SDK_DEPLOY[doc] = "The directory set up and used by the populate_sdk_base to which the SDK is deployed." - - - - The directory set up and used by the - populate_sdk_base - class to which the SDK is deployed. - The populate_sdk_base class defines - SDK_DEPLOY as follows: - - SDK_DEPLOY = "${TMPDIR}/deploy/sdk" - - - - - - SDK_DIR - - SDK_DIR[doc] = "The parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output." - - - - The parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build system - when creating SDK output. - The - populate_sdk_base - class defines the variable as follows: - - SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk" - - - The SDK_DIR directory is a - temporary directory as it is part of - WORKDIR. - The final output directory is - SDK_DEPLOY. - - - - - - SDK_EXT_TYPE - - SDK_EXT_TYPE[doc] = "Controls whether or not shared state artifacts are copied into the extensible SDK." - - - - Controls whether or not shared state artifacts are copied - into the extensible SDK. - The default value of "full" copies all of the required - shared state artifacts into the extensible SDK. - The value "minimal" leaves these artifacts out of the - SDK. - - If you set the variable to "minimal", you need to - ensure - SSTATE_MIRRORS - is set in the SDK's configuration to enable the - artifacts to be fetched as needed. - - - - - - SDK_HOST_MANIFEST - - SDK_HOST_MANIFEST[doc] = "The manifest file for the host part of the SDK. This file lists all the installed packages that make up the host part of the SDK." - - - - The manifest file for the host part of the SDK. - This file lists all the installed packages that make up - the host part of the SDK. - The file contains package information on a line-per-package - basis as follows: - - packagename packagearch version - - - - - The - populate_sdk_base - class defines the manifest file as follows: - - SDK_HOST_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.host.manifest" - - The location is derived using the - SDK_DEPLOY - and - TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME - variables. - - - - - SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA - - SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA[doc] = "When set to "1", specifies to include the packagedata for all recipes in the "world" target in the extensible SDK." - - - - When set to "1", specifies to include the packagedata for - all recipes in the "world" target in the extensible SDK. - Including this data allows the - devtool search command to find these - recipes in search results, as well as allows the - devtool add command to map - dependencies more effectively. - - Enabling the SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA - variable significantly increases build time because - all of world needs to be built. - Enabling the variable also slightly increases the size - of the extensible SDK. - - - - - - SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN - - SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN[doc] = "When set to "1", specifies to include the toolchain in the extensible SDK." - - - - When set to "1", specifies to include the toolchain in the - extensible SDK. - Including the toolchain is useful particularly when - SDK_EXT_TYPE - is set to "minimal" to keep the SDK reasonably small - but you still want to provide a usable toolchain. - For example, suppose you want to use the toolchain from an - IDE or from other tools and you do not - want to perform additional steps to install the toolchain. - - - - The SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN variable - defaults to "0" if SDK_EXT_TYPE - is set to "minimal", and defaults to "1" if - SDK_EXT_TYPE is set to "full". - - - - - SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST - - SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST[doc] = "A list of classes to remove from the INHERIT value globally within the extensible SDK configuration." - - - - A list of classes to remove from the - INHERIT - value globally within the extensible SDK configuration. - The - populate-sdk-ext - class sets the default value: - - SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST ?= "buildhistory icecc" - - - - - Some classes are not generally applicable within - the extensible SDK context. - You can use this variable to disable those classes. - - - - For additional information on how to customize the - extensible SDK's configuration, see the - "Configuring the Extensible SDK" - section in the Yocto Project Application Development and - the Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. - - - - - SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST - - SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST[doc] = "A list of variables not allowed through from the build system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration." - - - - A list of variables not allowed through from the - OpenEmbedded build system configuration into the extensible - SDK configuration. - Usually, these are variables that are specific to the - machine on which the build system is running and thus - would be potentially problematic within the extensible SDK. - - - By default, - SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST is set in the - populate-sdk-ext - class and excludes the following variables: - - CONF_VERSION - BB_NUMBER_THREADS - BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS - PARALLEL_MAKE - PRSERV_HOST - SSTATE_MIRRORS - DL_DIR - SSTATE_DIR - TMPDIR - BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT - - - - - For additional information on how to customize the - extensible SDK's configuration, see the - "Configuring the Extensible SDK" - section in the Yocto Project Application Development and - the Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. - - - - - - SDK_LOCAL_CONF_WHITELIST - - SDK_LOCAL_CONF_WHITELIST[doc] = "A list of variables allowed through from the build system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration." - - - - A list of variables allowed through from the OpenEmbedded - build system configuration into the extensible SDK - configuration. - By default, the list of variables is empty and is set in - the - populate-sdk-ext - class. - - - - This list overrides the variables specified using the - SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST - variable as well as any variables identified by automatic - blacklisting due to the "/" character being found at the - start of the value, which is usually indicative of being a - path and thus might not be valid on the system where the - SDK is installed. - - - - For additional information on how to customize the - extensible SDK's configuration, see the - "Configuring the Extensible SDK" - section in the Yocto Project Application Development and - the Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. - - - - - SDK_NAME - - SDK_NAME[doc] = "The base name for SDK output files." - - - - The base name for SDK output files. - The name is derived from the - DISTRO, - TCLIBC, - SDK_ARCH, - IMAGE_BASENAME, - and - TUNE_PKGARCH - variables: - - SDK_NAME = "${DISTRO}-${TCLIBC}-${SDK_ARCH}-${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${TUNE_PKGARCH}" - - - - - - SDK_OS - - SDK_OS[doc] = "The operating system for which the SDK will be built." - - - - Specifies the operating system for which the SDK - will be built. - The default value is the value of - BUILD_OS. - - - - - SDK_OUTPUT - - SDK_OUTPUT[doc] = "The location used by the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output." - - - - The location used by the OpenEmbedded build system when - creating SDK output. - The - populate_sdk_base - class defines the variable as follows: - - SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk" - SDK_OUTPUT = "${SDK_DIR}/image" - SDK_DEPLOY = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/sdk" - - - The SDK_OUTPUT directory is a - temporary directory as it is part of - WORKDIR - by way of - SDK_DIR. - The final output directory is - SDK_DEPLOY. - - - - - - SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS - - SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS[doc] = "Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the SDK machine. This variable is set automatically and should not normally be hand-edited." - - - - Specifies a list of architectures compatible with - the SDK machine. - This variable is set automatically and should not - normally be hand-edited. - Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order - of priority. - The default value for - SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS is "all any noarch - ${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}". - - - - - SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND - - SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND[doc] = "Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build system creates the SDK." - - - - Specifies a list of functions to call once the - OpenEmbedded build system creates the SDK. - You can specify functions separated by semicolons: - - SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " - - - - - If you need to pass an SDK path to a command within a - function, you can use - ${SDK_DIR}, which points to - the parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build system - when creating SDK output. - See the - SDK_DIR - variable for more information. - - - - - SDK_PREFIX - - SDK_PREFIX[doc] = "The toolchain binary prefix used for nativesdk recipes." - - - - The toolchain binary prefix used for - nativesdk recipes. - The OpenEmbedded build system uses the - SDK_PREFIX value to set the - TARGET_PREFIX - when building nativesdk recipes. - The default value is "${SDK_SYS}-". - - - - - SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS - - SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS[doc] = "A list of shared state tasks added to the extensible SDK." - - - - A list of shared state tasks added to the extensible SDK. - By default, the following tasks are added: - - do_populate_lic - do_package_qa - do_populate_sysroot - do_deploy - - Despite the default value of "" for the - SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS variable, the - above four tasks are always added to the SDK. - To specify tasks beyond these four, you need to use - the SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS variable (e.g. - you are defining additional tasks that are needed in - order to build - SDK_TARGETS). - - - - - SDK_SYS - - SDK_SYS[doc] = "Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating system, for which the SDK will be built." - - - - Specifies the system, including the architecture and the - operating system, for which the SDK will be built. - - - - The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this - variable based on - SDK_ARCH, - SDK_VENDOR, - and - SDK_OS. - You do not need to set the SDK_SYS - variable yourself. - - - - - SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST - - SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST[doc] = "The manifest file for the target part of the SDK. This file lists all the installed packages that make up the target part of the SDK." - - - - The manifest file for the target part of the SDK. - This file lists all the installed packages that make up - the target part of the SDK. - The file contains package information on a line-per-package - basis as follows: - - packagename packagearch version - - - - - The - populate_sdk_base - class defines the manifest file as follows: - - SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.target.manifest" - - The location is derived using the - SDK_DEPLOY - and - TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME - variables. - - - - - SDK_TARGETS - - SDK_TARGETS[doc] = "A list of targets to install from shared state as part of the standard or extensible SDK installation." - - - - A list of targets to install from shared state as part of - the standard or extensible SDK installation. - The default value is "${PN}" (i.e. the image from which - the SDK is built). - - - - The SDK_TARGETS variable is an - internal variable and typically would not be changed. - - - - - SDK_TITLE - - SDK_TITLE[doc] = "The title to be printed when running the SDK installer." - - - - The title to be printed when running the SDK installer. - By default, this title is based on the - DISTRO_NAME - or - DISTRO - variable and is set in the - populate_sdk_base - class as follows: - - SDK_TITLE ??= "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_NAME') or d.getVar('DISTRO')} SDK" - - For the default distribution "poky", - SDK_TITLE is set to - "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)". - - - - For information on how to change this default title, - see the - "Changing the Extensible SDK Installer Title" - section in the Yocto Project Application Development and - the Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. - - - - - SDK_UPDATE_URL - - SDK_UPDATE_URL[doc] = "An optional URL for an update server for the extensible SDK." - - - - An optional URL for an update server for the extensible - SDK. - If set, the value is used as the default update server when - running devtool sdk-update within the - extensible SDK. - - - - - SDK_VENDOR - - SDK_VENDOR[doc] = "Specifies the name of the SDK vendor." - - - - Specifies the name of the SDK vendor. - - - - - SDK_VERSION - - SDK_VERSION[doc] = "Specifies the version for the SDK." - - - - Specifies the version of the SDK. - The distribution configuration file (e.g. - /meta-poky/conf/distro/poky.conf) - defines the SDK_VERSION as follows: - - SDK_VERSION = "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_VERSION').replace('snapshot-${DATE}','snapshot')}" - - - - - For additional information, see the - DISTRO_VERSION - and - DATE - variables. - - - - - SDKEXTPATH - - SDKEXTPATH[doc] = "The default installation directory for the extensible SDK." - - - - The default installation directory for the Extensible SDK. - By default, this directory is based on the - DISTRO - variable and is set in the - populate_sdk_base - class as follows: - - SDKEXTPATH ??= "~/${@d.getVar('DISTRO')}_sdk" - - For the default distribution "poky", the - SDKEXTPATH is set to "poky_sdk". - - - - For information on how to change this default directory, - see the - "Changing the Default SDK Installation Directory" - section in the Yocto Project Application Development and - the Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. - - - - - SDKIMAGE_FEATURES - - SDKIMAGE_FEATURES[doc] = "Equivalent to IMAGE_FEATURES. However, this variable applies to the SDK generated from an image using the command 'bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename'." - - - - Equivalent to - IMAGE_FEATURES. - However, this variable applies to the SDK generated from an - image using the following command: - - $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename - - - - - - SDKMACHINE - - SDKMACHINE[doc] = "Specifies the architecture (i.e. i686 or x86_64) for which to build SDK items." - - - - The machine for which the SDK is built. - In other words, the SDK is built such that it - runs on the target you specify with the - SDKMACHINE value. - The value points to a corresponding - .conf file under - conf/machine-sdk/. - - - - You can use "i686" and "x86_64" as possible values - for this variable. The variable defaults to "i686" - and is set in the local.conf file in the Build Directory. - - SDKMACHINE ?= "i686" - - - You cannot set the SDKMACHINE - variable in your distribution configuration file. - If you do, the configuration will not take affect. - - - - - - SDKPATH - - SDKPATH[doc] = "Defines the path offered to the user for installation of the SDK that is generated by the OpenEmbedded build system." - - - - Defines the path offered to the user for installation - of the SDK that is generated by the OpenEmbedded build - system. - The path appears as the default location for installing - the SDK when you run the SDK's installation script. - You can override the offered path when you run the - script. - - - - - SDKTARGETSYSROOT - - SDKTARGETSYSROOT[doc] = "Full path to the sysroot used for cross-compilation within an SDK as it will be when installed into the default SDKPATH." - - - - The full path to the sysroot used for cross-compilation - within an SDK as it will be when installed into the - default - SDKPATH. - - - - - SECTION - - SECTION[doc] = "The section in which packages should be categorized. Package management utilities can make use of this variable." - - - - The section in which packages should be categorized. - Package management utilities can make use of this variable. - - - - - SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION - - SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION[doc] = "The variable takes the value of FULL_OPTIMIZATION unless DEBUG_BUILD = '1'. In this case, the value of DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION is used." - - - - Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler - when building for the target. - The flags are passed through the default value of the - TARGET_CFLAGS - variable. - - - - The SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION variable - takes the value of - FULL_OPTIMIZATION - unless DEBUG_BUILD = "1". - If that is the case, the value of - DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION is used. - - - - - SERIAL_CONSOLE - - SERIAL_CONSOLE[doc] = "Defines the serial consoles (TTYs) to enable using getty." - - - - Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using - getty. - Provide a value that specifies the baud rate followed by - the TTY device name separated by a space. - You cannot specify more than one TTY device: - - SERIAL_CONSOLE = "115200 ttyS0" - - - The SERIAL_CONSOLE variable - is deprecated. - Please use the - SERIAL_CONSOLES - variable. - - - - - - SERIAL_CONSOLES - - SERIAL_CONSOLES[doc] = "Defines the serial consoles (TTYs) to enable using getty." - - - - Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using - getty. - Provide a value that specifies the baud rate followed by - the TTY device name separated by a semicolon. - Use spaces to separate multiple devices: - - SERIAL_CONSOLES = "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyS1" - - - - - - SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK - - SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK[doc] = "Selected SERIAL_CONSOLES to check against /proc/console before enabling using getty. Supported only by SysVinit." - - - - Specifies serial consoles, which must be listed in - SERIAL_CONSOLES, - to check against /proc/console - before enabling them using getty. - This variable allows aliasing in the format: - <device>:<alias>. - If a device was listed as "sclp_line0" - in /dev/ and "ttyS0" was listed - in /proc/console, you would do the - following: - - SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK = "slcp_line0:ttyS0" - - This variable is currently only supported with SysVinit - (i.e. not with systemd). - - - - - SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS - - SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS[doc] = "A list of recipe dependencies that should not be used to determine signatures of tasks from one recipe when they depend on tasks from another recipe." - - - - A list of recipe dependencies that should not be used to - determine signatures of tasks from one recipe when they - depend on tasks from another recipe. - For example: - - SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "intone->mplayer2" - - - - - In the previous example, intone - depends on mplayer2. - - - - You can use the special token "*" on - the left-hand side of the dependency to match all - recipes except the one on the right-hand side. - Here is an example: - - SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "*->quilt-native" - - - - - In the previous example, all recipes except - quilt-native ignore task - signatures from the quilt-native - recipe when determining their task signatures. - - - - Use of this variable is one mechanism to remove dependencies - that affect task signatures and thus force rebuilds when a - recipe changes. - Caution - If you add an inappropriate dependency for a recipe - relationship, the software might break during - runtime if the interface of the second recipe was - changed after the first recipe had been built. - - - - - - SIGGEN_EXCLUDERECIPES_ABISAFE - - SIGGEN_EXCLUDERECIPES_ABISAFE[doc] = "A list of recipes that are completely stable and will never change." - - - - A list of recipes that are completely stable and will - never change. - The ABI for the recipes in the list are presented by - output from the tasks run to build the recipe. - Use of this variable is one way to remove dependencies from - one recipe on another that affect task signatures and - thus force rebuilds when the recipe changes. - Caution - If you add an inappropriate variable to this list, - the software might break at runtime if the - interface of the recipe was changed after the other - had been built. - - - - - - SITEINFO_BITS - - SITEINFO_BITS[doc] = "Specifies the number of bits for the target system CPU." - - - - Specifies the number of bits for the target system CPU. - The value should be either "32" or "64". - - - - - SITEINFO_ENDIANNESS - - SITEINFO_ENDIANNESS[doc] = "Specifies the endian byte order of the target system. The value should be either 'le' for 'little-endian' or 'be' for 'big-endian'." - - - - Specifies the endian byte order of the target system. - The value should be either "le" for little-endian or "be" for big-endian. - - - - - SKIP_FILEDEPS - - SKIP_FILEDEPS[doc] = "Enables you to remove all files from the 'Provides' section of an RPM package." - - - - Enables removal of all files from the "Provides" section of - an RPM package. - Removal of these files is required for packages containing - prebuilt binaries and libraries such as - libstdc++ and - glibc. - - - - To enable file removal, set the variable to "1" in your - conf/local.conf configuration file - in your: - Build Directory. - - SKIP_FILEDEPS = "1" - - - - - - SOC_FAMILY - - SOC_FAMILY[doc] = "Groups together machines based upon the same family of SOC (System On Chip). You typically set this variable in a common .inc file that you include in the configuration files of all the machines." - - - - Groups together machines based upon the same family - of SOC (System On Chip). - You typically set this variable in a common - .inc file that you include in the - configuration files of all the machines. - - You must include - conf/machine/include/soc-family.inc - for this variable to appear in - MACHINEOVERRIDES. - - - - - - SOLIBS - - SOLIBS[doc] = "Defines the suffix for shared libraries used on the target platform." - - - - Defines the suffix for shared libraries used on the - target platform. - By default, this suffix is ".so.*" for all Linux-based - systems and is defined in the - meta/conf/bitbake.conf configuration - file. - - - - You will see this variable referenced in the default values - of FILES_${PN}. - - - - - SOLIBSDEV - - SOLIBSDEV[doc] = "Defines the suffix for the development symbolic link (symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform." - - - - Defines the suffix for the development symbolic link - (symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform. - By default, this suffix is ".so" for Linux-based - systems and is defined in the - meta/conf/bitbake.conf configuration - file. - - - - You will see this variable referenced in the default values - of FILES_${PN}-dev. - - - - - SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH - - SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH[doc] = "Set as part of a source mirror generation script to skip COMPATIBLE_MACHINE and COMPATIBLE_HOST checks." - - - - When you are fetching files to create a mirror of sources - (i.e. creating a source mirror), setting - SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH to "1" in your - local.conf configuration file ensures - the source for all recipes are fetched regardless of - whether or not a recipe is compatible with the - configuration. - A recipe is considered incompatible with the currently - configured machine when either or both the - COMPATIBLE_MACHINE - variable and - COMPATIBLE_HOST - variables specify compatibility with a machine other - than that of the current machine or host. - Warning - Do not set the - SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH variable - unless you are creating a source mirror. - In other words, do not set the variable during a - normal build. - - - - - - SOURCE_MIRROR_URL - - SOURCE_MIRROR_URL[doc] = "URL to source mirror that will be used before fetching from original SRC_URI." - - - - Defines your own - PREMIRRORS - from which to first fetch source before attempting to fetch - from the upstream specified in - SRC_URI. - - - - To use this variable, you must globally inherit the - own-mirrors - class and then provide the URL to your mirrors. - Here is the general syntax: - - INHERIT += "own-mirrors" - SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my_source_mirror" - - - You can specify only a single URL in - SOURCE_MIRROR_URL. - - - - - - SPDXLICENSEMAP - - SPDXLICENSEMAP[doc] = "Maps commonly used license names to their SPDX counterparts found in meta/files/common-licenses/." - - - - Maps commonly used license names to their SPDX counterparts - found in meta/files/common-licenses/. - For the default SPDXLICENSEMAP - mappings, see the - meta/conf/licenses.conf file. - - - - For additional information, see the - LICENSE - variable. - - - - - SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX - - SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX[doc] = "A list of prefixes for PN used by the OpenEmbedded build system to create variants of recipes or packages. The list specifies the prefixes to strip off during certain circumstances such as the generation of the BPN variable." - - - - A list of prefixes for PN used by the - OpenEmbedded build system to create variants of recipes or packages. - The list specifies the prefixes to strip off during certain circumstances - such as the generation of the BPN variable. - - - - - SPL_BINARY - - SPL_BINARY[doc] = "The file type of the Secondary Program Loader (SPL)." - - - - The file type for the Secondary Program Loader (SPL). - Some devices use an SPL from which to boot (e.g. the - BeagleBone development board). - For such cases, you can declare the file type of the - SPL binary in the u-boot.inc include - file, which is used in the U-Boot recipe. - - - - The SPL file type is set to "null" by default in the - u-boot.inc file as follows: - - # Some versions of u-boot build an SPL (Second Program Loader) image that - # should be packaged along with the u-boot binary as well as placed in the - # deploy directory. For those versions they can set the following variables - # to allow packaging the SPL. - SPL_BINARY ?= "" - SPL_BINARYNAME ?= "${@os.path.basename(d.getVar("SPL_BINARY"))}" - SPL_IMAGE ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}-${PV}-${PR}" - SPL_SYMLINK ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}" - - The SPL_BINARY variable helps form - various SPL_* variables used by - the OpenEmbedded build system. - - - - See the BeagleBone machine configuration example in the - "Creating a new BSP Layer Using the bitbake-layers Script" - section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package - Developer's Guide for additional information. - - - - - SRC_URI - - SRC_URI[doc] = "The list of source files - local or remote. This variable tells the OpenEmbedded build system what bits to pull in for the build and how to pull them in." - - - - The list of source files - local or remote. - This variable tells the OpenEmbedded build system which bits - to pull in for the build and how to pull them in. - For example, if the recipe or append file only needs to - fetch a tarball from the Internet, the recipe or - append file uses a single SRC_URI - entry. - On the other hand, if the recipe or append file needs to - fetch a tarball, apply two patches, and include a custom - file, the recipe or append file would include four - instances of the variable. - - - - The following list explains the available URI protocols. - URI protocols are highly dependent on particular BitBake - Fetcher submodules. - Depending on the fetcher BitBake uses, various URL - parameters are employed. - For specifics on the supported Fetchers, see the - "Fetchers" - section in the BitBake User Manual. - - file:// - - Fetches files, which are usually files shipped with - the - Metadata, - from the local machine (e.g. - patch - files). - The path is relative to the - FILESPATH - variable. - Thus, the build system searches, in order, from the - following directories, which are assumed to be a - subdirectories of the directory in which the - recipe file (.bb) or - append file (.bbappend) - resides: - - ${BPN} - - The base recipe name without any special - suffix or version numbers. - - ${BP} - - ${BPN}-${PV}. - The base recipe name and version but without - any special package name suffix. - - files - - Files within a directory, which is named - files and is also - alongside the recipe or append file. - - - - If you want the build system to pick up files - specified through a - SRC_URI - statement from your append file, you need to be - sure to extend the - FILESPATH - variable by also using the - FILESEXTRAPATHS - variable from within your append file. - - - bzr:// - Fetches files from a - Bazaar revision control repository. - git:// - Fetches files from a - Git revision control repository. - osc:// - Fetches files from - an OSC (OpenSUSE Build service) revision control repository. - repo:// - Fetches files from - a repo (Git) repository. - ccrc:// - - Fetches files from a ClearCase repository. - - http:// - Fetches files from - the Internet using http. - https:// - Fetches files - from the Internet using https. - ftp:// - Fetches files - from the Internet using ftp. - cvs:// - Fetches files from - a CVS revision control repository. - hg:// - Fetches files from - a Mercurial (hg) revision control repository. - p4:// - Fetches files from - a Perforce (p4) revision control repository. - ssh:// - Fetches files from - a secure shell. - svn:// - Fetches files from - a Subversion (svn) revision control repository. - npm:// - Fetches JavaScript - modules from a registry. - - - - - - Standard and recipe-specific options for SRC_URI exist. - Here are standard options: - - apply - Whether to apply - the patch or not. - The default action is to apply the patch. - striplevel - Which - striplevel to use when applying the patch. - The default level is 1. - patchdir - Specifies - the directory in which the patch should be applied. - The default is ${S}. - - - - - - Here are options specific to recipes building code from a revision control system: - - mindate - - Apply the patch only if - SRCDATE - is equal to or greater than mindate. - - maxdate - - Apply the patch only if SRCDATE - is not later than maxdate. - - minrev - - Apply the patch only if SRCREV - is equal to or greater than minrev. - - maxrev - - Apply the patch only if SRCREV - is not later than maxrev. - - rev - - Apply the patch only if SRCREV - is equal to rev. - - notrev - - Apply the patch only if SRCREV - is not equal to rev. - - - - - - Here are some additional options worth mentioning: - - unpack - Controls - whether or not to unpack the file if it is an archive. - The default action is to unpack the file. - destsuffix - Places the file - (or extracts its contents) into the specified - subdirectory of WORKDIR - when the Git fetcher is used. - - subdir - Places the file - (or extracts its contents) into the specified - subdirectory of WORKDIR - when the local (file://) - fetcher is used. - - localdir - Places the file - (or extracts its contents) into the specified - subdirectory of WORKDIR when - the CVS fetcher is used. - - subpath - - Limits the checkout to a specific subpath of the - tree when using the Git fetcher is used. - - name - Specifies a - name to be used for association with SRC_URI checksums - when you have more than one file specified in SRC_URI. - - downloadfilename - Specifies - the filename used when storing the downloaded file. - - - - - - SRC_URI_OVERRIDES_PACKAGE_ARCH - - SRC_URI_OVERRIDES_PACKAGE_ARCH[doc] = "By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically detects whether SRC_URI contains files that are machine-specific. If so, the build system automatically changes PACKAGE_ARCH. Setting this variable to '0' disables this behavior." - - - - By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically detects whether - SRC_URI - contains files that are machine-specific. - If so, the build system automatically changes - PACKAGE_ARCH. - Setting this variable to "0" disables this behavior. - - - - - SRCDATE - - SRCDATE[doc] = "The date of the source code used to build the package. This variable applies only if the source was fetched from a Source Code Manager (SCM)." - - - - The date of the source code used to build the package. - This variable applies only if the source was fetched from a Source Code Manager (SCM). - - - - - SRCPV - - SRCPV[doc] = "Returns the version string of the current package. This string is used to help define the value of PV." - - - - Returns the version string of the current package. - This string is used to help define the value of - PV. - - - - The SRCPV variable is defined in the - meta/conf/bitbake.conf configuration - file in the - Source Directory - as follows: - - SRCPV = "${@bb.fetch2.get_srcrev(d)}" - - - - - Recipes that need to define PV do so - with the help of the SRCPV. - For example, the ofono recipe - (ofono_git.bb) located in - meta/recipes-connectivity in the - Source Directory defines PV as - follows: - - PV = "0.12-git${SRCPV}" - - - - - - SRCREV - - SRCREV[doc] = "The revision of the source code used to build the package. This variable applies to Subversion, Git, Mercurial, and Bazaar only." - - - - The revision of the source code used to build the package. - This variable applies to Subversion, Git, Mercurial, and - Bazaar only. - Note that if you want to build a fixed revision and you - want to avoid performing a query on the remote repository - every time BitBake parses your recipe, you should specify - a SRCREV that is a - full revision identifier and not just a tag. - - For information on limitations when inheriting the - latest revision of software using - SRCREV, see the - AUTOREV - variable description and the - "Automatically Incrementing a Binary Package Revision Number" - section, which is in the Yocto Project Development - Tasks Manual. - - - - - - - SSTATE_DIR - - SSTATE_DIR[doc] = "The directory for the shared state cache." - - - - The directory for the shared state cache. - - - - - SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK - - SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK[doc] = "If set to "1", allows fetches from mirrors that are specified in SSTATE_MIRRORS to work even when fetching from the network is disabled by setting BB_NO_NETWORK to "1"." - - - - If set to "1", allows fetches from - mirrors that are specified in - SSTATE_MIRRORS - to work even when fetching from the network is - disabled by setting BB_NO_NETWORK - to "1". - Using the - SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK - variable is useful if you have set - SSTATE_MIRRORS to point to an - internal server for your shared state cache, but - you want to disable any other fetching from the network. - - - - - SSTATE_MIRRORS - - SSTATE_MIRRORS[doc] = "Configures the OpenEmbedded build system to search other mirror locations for prebuilt cache data objects before building out the data. You can specify a filesystem directory or a remote URL such as HTTP or FTP." - - - - Configures the OpenEmbedded build system to search other - mirror locations for prebuilt cache data objects before - building out the data. - This variable works like fetcher - MIRRORS - and PREMIRRORS - and points to the cache locations to check for the shared - state (sstate) objects. - - - - You can specify a filesystem directory or a remote URL such - as HTTP or FTP. - The locations you specify need to contain the shared state - cache (sstate-cache) results from previous builds. - The sstate-cache you point to can also be from builds on - other machines. - - - - When pointing to sstate build artifacts on another machine - that uses a different GCC version for native builds, - you must configure SSTATE_MIRRORS - with a regular expression that maps local search paths - to server paths. - The paths need to take into account - NATIVELSBSTRING - set by the - uninative - class. - For example, the following maps the local search path - universal-4.9 to the server-provided - path server_url_sstate_path: - - SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= file://universal-4.9/(.*) http://server_url_sstate_path/universal-4.8/\1 \n - - - - - If a mirror uses the same structure as - SSTATE_DIR, - you need to add - "PATH" at the end as shown in the examples below. - The build system substitutes the correct path within the - directory structure. - - SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "\ - file://.* http://someserver.tld/share/sstate/PATH;downloadfilename=PATH \n \ - file://.* file:///some-local-dir/sstate/PATH" - - - - - - SSTATE_SCAN_FILES - - SSTATE_SCAN_FILES[doc] = "Controls the list of files the OpenEmbedded build system scans for hardcoded installation paths." - - - - Controls the list of files the OpenEmbedded build system - scans for hardcoded installation paths. The variable uses a - space-separated list of filenames (not paths) with standard - wildcard characters allowed. - - - - During a build, the OpenEmbedded build system creates a - shared state (sstate) object during the first stage of - preparing the sysroots. That object is scanned for - hardcoded paths for original installation locations. - The list of files that are scanned for paths is controlled - by the SSTATE_SCAN_FILES variable. - Typically, recipes add files they want to be scanned to the - value of SSTATE_SCAN_FILES rather than - the variable being comprehensively set. The - sstate - class specifies the default list of files. - - - - For details on the process, see the - staging - class. - - - - - STAGING_BASE_LIBDIR_NATIVE - - STAGING_BASE_LIBDIR_NATIVE[doc] = "Specifies the path to the /lib subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the build host." - - - - Specifies the path to the /lib - subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the - build host. - - - - - STAGING_BASELIBDIR - - STAGING_BASELIBDIR[doc] = "Specifies the path to the /lib subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built (STAGING_DIR_HOST)." - - - - Specifies the path to the /lib - subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the target - for which the current recipe is being built - (STAGING_DIR_HOST). - - - - - STAGING_BINDIR - - STAGING_BINDIR[doc] = "Specifies the path to the /usr/bin subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built (STAGING_DIR_HOST)." - - - - Specifies the path to the - /usr/bin subdirectory of the - sysroot directory for the target for which the current - recipe is being built - (STAGING_DIR_HOST). - - - - - STAGING_BINDIR_CROSS - - STAGING_BINDIR_CROSS[doc] = "Specifies the path to the directory containing binary configuration scripts. These scripts provide configuration information for other software that wants to make use of libraries or include files provided by the software associated with the script." - - - - Specifies the path to the directory containing binary - configuration scripts. - These scripts provide configuration information for - other software that wants to make use of libraries or - include files provided by the software associated with - the script. - - This style of build configuration has been largely - replaced by pkg-config. - Consequently, if pkg-config - is supported by the library to which you are linking, - it is recommended you use - pkg-config instead of a - provided configuration script. - - - - - - STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE - - STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE[doc] = "Specifies the path to the /usr/bin subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the build host." - - - - Specifies the path to the - /usr/bin subdirectory of the - sysroot directory for the build host. - - - - - STAGING_DATADIR - - STAGING_DATADIR[doc] = "Specifies the path to the /usr/share subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built (STAGING_DIR_HOST)." - - - - Specifies the path to the /usr/share - subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the target - for which the current recipe is being built - (STAGING_DIR_HOST). - - - - - STAGING_DATADIR_NATIVE - - STAGING_DATADIR_NATIVE[doc] = "Specifies the path to the /usr/share subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the build host." - - - - Specifies the path to the /usr/share - subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the build host. - - - - - STAGING_DIR - - STAGING_DIR[doc] = "Helps construct the recipe-sysroots directory, which is used during packaging." - - - - Helps construct the recipe-sysroots - directory, which is used during packaging. - - - - For information on how staging for recipe-specific - sysroots occurs, see the - do_populate_sysroot - task, the - "Sharing Files Between Recipes" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual, the - "Configuration, Compilation, and Staging" - section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, - and the - SYSROOT_DIRS - variable. - - Recipes should never write files directly under - the STAGING_DIR directory because - the OpenEmbedded build system - manages the directory automatically. - Instead, files should be installed to - ${D} - within your recipe's - do_install - task and then the OpenEmbedded build system will - stage a subset of those files into the sysroot. - - - - - - STAGING_DIR_HOST - - STAGING_DIR_HOST[doc] = "Specifies the path to the sysroot directory for the system that the component is built to run on." - - - - Specifies the path to the sysroot directory for the system - on which the component is built to run (the system that - hosts the component). - For most recipes, this sysroot is the one in which that - recipe's - do_populate_sysroot - task copies files. - Exceptions include -native recipes, - where the do_populate_sysroot task - instead uses - STAGING_DIR_NATIVE. - Depending on the type of recipe and the build target, - STAGING_DIR_HOST can have the - following values: - - - For recipes building for the target machine, the - value is - "${STAGING_DIR}/${MACHINE}". - - - For native recipes building for the build host, the - value is empty given the assumption that when - building for the build host, the build host's own - directories should be used. - - -native recipes are - not installed into host paths like such as - /usr. - Rather, these recipes are installed into - STAGING_DIR_NATIVE. - When compiling -native - recipes, standard build environment variables - such as - CPPFLAGS - and - CFLAGS - are set up so that both host paths and - STAGING_DIR_NATIVE are - searched for libraries and headers using, for - example, GCC's -isystem - option. - - Thus, the emphasis is that the - STAGING_DIR* variables - should be viewed as input variables by tasks - such as - do_configure, - do_compile, - and - do_install. - Having the real system root correspond to - STAGING_DIR_HOST makes - conceptual sense for - -native recipes, as - they make use of host headers and libraries. - - - - - - - - - STAGING_DIR_NATIVE - - STAGING_DIR_NATIVE[doc] = "Specifies the path to the sysroot directory used when building components that run on the build host itself." - - - - Specifies the path to the sysroot directory used when - building components that run on the build host itself. - - - - - STAGING_DIR_TARGET - - STAGING_DIR_TARGET[doc] = "Specifies the path to the sysroot used for the system for which the component generates code." - - - - Specifies the path to the sysroot used for the system for - which the component generates code. - For components that do not generate code, which is the - majority, STAGING_DIR_TARGET is set - to match - STAGING_DIR_HOST. - - - - Some recipes build binaries that can run on the target - system but those binaries in turn generate code for - another different system (e.g. cross-canadian recipes). - Using terminology from GNU, the primary system is referred - to as the "HOST" and the secondary, or different, system is - referred to as the "TARGET". - Thus, the binaries run on the "HOST" system - and generate binaries for the "TARGET" system. - The STAGING_DIR_HOST variable points - to the sysroot used for the "HOST" system, while - STAGING_DIR_TARGET - points to the sysroot used for the "TARGET" system. - - - - - STAGING_ETCDIR_NATIVE - - STAGING_ETCDIR_NATIVE[doc] = "Specifies the path to the /etc subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the build host." - - - - Specifies the path to the /etc - subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the - build host. - - - - - STAGING_EXECPREFIXDIR - - STAGING_EXECPREFIXDIR[doc] = "Specifies the path to the /usr subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built (STAGING_DIR_HOST)." - - - - Specifies the path to the /usr - subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the target - for which the current recipe is being built - (STAGING_DIR_HOST). - - - - - STAGING_INCDIR - - STAGING_INCDIR[doc] = "Specifies the path to the /usr/include subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the target for which the current recipe being built (STAGING_DIR_HOST)." - - - - Specifies the path to the - /usr/include subdirectory of the - sysroot directory for the target for which the current - recipe being built - (STAGING_DIR_HOST). - - - - - STAGING_INCDIR_NATIVE - - STAGING_INCDIR_NATIVE[doc] = "Specifies the path to the /usr/include subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the build host." - - - - Specifies the path to the /usr/include - subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the build host. - - - - - STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR - - STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR[doc] = "Points to the directory containing the kernel build artifacts." - - - - Points to the directory containing the kernel build - artifacts. - Recipes building software that needs to access kernel - build artifacts - (e.g. systemtap-uprobes) can look in - the directory specified with the - STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR variable to - find these artifacts after the kernel has been built. - - - - - STAGING_KERNEL_DIR - - STAGING_KERNEL_DIR[doc] = "The directory with kernel headers that are required to build out-of-tree modules." - - - - The directory with kernel headers that are required to build out-of-tree - modules. - - - - - STAGING_LIBDIR - - STAGING_LIBDIR[doc] = "Specifies the path to the /usr/lib subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built (STAGING_DIR_HOST)." - - - - Specifies the path to the /usr/lib - subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the target for - which the current recipe is being built - (STAGING_DIR_HOST). - - - - - STAGING_LIBDIR_NATIVE - - STAGING_LIBDIR_NATIVE[doc] = "Specifies the path to the /usr/lib subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the build host." - - - - Specifies the path to the /usr/lib - subdirectory of the sysroot directory for the build host. - - - - - STAMP - - STAMP[doc] = "Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files. The path to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this string and then appending additional information." - - - - Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files. - The path to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this - string and then appending additional information. - Currently, the default assignment for STAMP - as set in the meta/conf/bitbake.conf file - is: - - STAMP = "${STAMPS_DIR}/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}" - - - - - For information on how BitBake uses stamp files to determine - if a task should be rerun, see the - "Stamp Files and the Rerunning of Tasks" - section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. - - - - See STAMPS_DIR, - MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS, - PN, - EXTENDPE, - PV, and - PR for related variable - information. - - - - - STAMPS_DIR - - STAMPS_DIR[doc] = "Specifies the base directory in which the OpenEmbedded build system places stamps." - - - - Specifies the base directory in which the OpenEmbedded - build system places stamps. - The default directory is - ${TMPDIR}/stamps. - - - - - STRIP - - STRIP[doc] = "Minimal command and arguments to run 'strip' (strip symbols)." - - - - The minimal command and arguments to run - strip, which is used to strip - symbols. - - - - - SUMMARY - - SUMMARY[doc] = "The short (80 characters or less) summary of the binary package for packaging systems such as opkg, rpm, or dpkg. By default, SUMMARY is used to define the DESCRIPTION variable if DESCRIPTION is not set in the recipe." - - - - The short (72 characters or less) summary of the binary package for packaging - systems such as opkg, rpm, or - dpkg. - By default, SUMMARY is used to define - the DESCRIPTION - variable if DESCRIPTION is not set - in the recipe. - - - - - SVNDIR - - SVNDIR[doc] = "The directory where Subversion checkouts are stored." - - - - The directory in which files checked out of a Subversion - system are stored. - - - - - SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE - - SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE[doc] = "Specifies the kernel boot default console." - - - - Specifies the kernel boot default console. - If you want to use a console other than the default, - set this variable in your recipe as follows where "X" is - the console number you want to use: - - SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE = "console=ttyX" - - - - - The - syslinux - class initially sets this variable to null but then checks - for a value later. - - - - - SYSLINUX_OPTS - - SYSLINUX_OPTS[doc] = "Lists additional options to add to the syslinux file." - - - - Lists additional options to add to the syslinux file. - You need to set this variable in your recipe. - If you want to list multiple options, separate the options - with a semicolon character (;). - - - - The - syslinux - class uses this variable to create a set of options. - - - - - SYSLINUX_SERIAL - - SYSLINUX_SERIAL[doc] = "Specifies the alternate serial port or turns it off." - - - - Specifies the alternate serial port or turns it off. - To turn off serial, set this variable to an empty string - in your recipe. - The variable's default value is set in the - syslinux - class as follows: - - SYSLINUX_SERIAL ?= "0 115200" - - - - - The class checks for and uses the variable as needed. - - - - - SYSLINUX_SPLASH - - SYSLINUX_SPLASH[doc] = "An .LSS file used as the background for the VGA boot menu when you use the boot menu." - - - - An .LSS file used as the background - for the VGA boot menu when you use the boot menu. - You need to set this variable in your recipe. - - - - The - syslinux - class checks for this variable and if found, the - OpenEmbedded build system installs the splash screen. - - - - - SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY - - SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY[doc] = "Specifies the alternate console=tty... kernel boot argument." - - - - Specifies the alternate console=tty... kernel boot argument. - The variable's default value is set in the - syslinux - class as follows: - - SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY ?= "console=ttyS0,115200" - - - - - The class checks for and uses the variable as needed. - - - - - SYSROOT_DESTDIR - - SYSROOT_DESTDIR[doc] = "Points to the temporary work directory (default ${WORKDIR}/sysroot-destdir) where the files populated into the sysroot are assembled during the do_populate_sysroot task." - - - - Points to the temporary directory under the work directory - (default - "${WORKDIR}/sysroot-destdir") - where the files populated into the sysroot are assembled - during the - do_populate_sysroot - task. - - - - - SYSROOT_DIRS - - SYSROOT_DIRS[doc] = "Directories that are staged into the sysroot by the do_populate_sysroot task." - - - - Directories that are staged into the sysroot by the - do_populate_sysroot - task. - By default, the following directories are staged: - - SYSROOT_DIRS = " \ - ${includedir} \ - ${libdir} \ - ${base_libdir} \ - ${nonarch_base_libdir} \ - ${datadir} \ - " - - - - - - SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST - - SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST[doc] = "Directories that are not staged into the sysroot by the do_populate_sysroot task." - - - - Directories that are not staged into the sysroot by the - do_populate_sysroot - task. - You can use this variable to exclude certain subdirectories - of directories listed in - SYSROOT_DIRS - from staging. - By default, the following directories are not staged: - - SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST = " \ - ${mandir} \ - ${docdir} \ - ${infodir} \ - ${datadir}/locale \ - ${datadir}/applications \ - ${datadir}/fonts \ - ${datadir}/pixmaps \ - " - - - - - - SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE - - SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE[doc] = "Extra directories staged into the sysroot by the do_populate_sysroot task for -native recipes, in addition to those specified in SYSROOT_DIRS." - - - - Extra directories staged into the sysroot by the - do_populate_sysroot - task for -native recipes, in addition - to those specified in - SYSROOT_DIRS. - By default, the following extra directories are staged: - - SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE = " \ - ${bindir} \ - ${sbindir} \ - ${base_bindir} \ - ${base_sbindir} \ - ${libexecdir} \ - ${sysconfdir} \ - ${localstatedir} \ - " - - - Programs built by -native recipes - run directly from the sysroot - (STAGING_DIR_NATIVE), - which is why additional directories containing program - executables and supporting files need to be staged. - - - - - - SYSROOT_PREPROCESS_FUNCS - - SYSROOT_PREPROCESS_FUNCS[doc] = "A list of functions to execute after files are staged into the sysroot. These functions are usually used to apply additional processing on the staged files, or to stage additional files." - - - - A list of functions to execute after files are staged into - the sysroot. - These functions are usually used to apply additional - processing on the staged files, or to stage additional - files. - - - - - SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE - - SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE[doc] = "For recipes that inherit the systemd class, this variable specifies whether the specified service in SYSTEMD_SERVICE should start automatically or not." - - - - When inheriting the - systemd - class, this variable specifies whether the specified service - in - SYSTEMD_SERVICE - should start automatically or not. - By default, the service is enabled to automatically start - at boot time. - The default setting is in the - systemd - class as follows: - - SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE ??= "enable" - - - - - You can disable the service by setting the variable to - "disable". - - - - - SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG - - SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG[doc] = "When EFI_PROVIDER is set to "systemd-boot", the SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG variable specifies the configuration file that should be used." - - - - When - EFI_PROVIDER - is set to "systemd-boot", the - SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG variable specifies the - configuration file that should be used. - By default, the - systemd-boot - class sets the SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG as - follows: - - SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG ?= "${S}/loader.conf" - - - - - For information on Systemd-boot, see the - Systemd-boot documentation. - - - - - SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES - - SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES[doc] = "When EFI_PROVIDER is set to "systemd-boot", the SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES variable specifies a list of entry files (*.conf) to install that contain one boot entry per file." - - - - When - EFI_PROVIDER - is set to "systemd-boot", the - SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES variable specifies - a list of entry files - (*.conf) to install that contain - one boot entry per file. - By default, the - systemd-boot - class sets the SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES as - follows: - - SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES ?= "" - - - - - For information on Systemd-boot, see the - Systemd-boot documentation. - - - - - SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT - - SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT[doc] = "When EFI_PROVIDER is set to "systemd-boot", the SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT variable specifies the boot menu timeout in seconds." - - - - When - EFI_PROVIDER - is set to "systemd-boot", the - SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT variable specifies - the boot menu timeout in seconds. - By default, the - systemd-boot - class sets the SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT as - follows: - - SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT ?= "10" - - - - - For information on Systemd-boot, see the - Systemd-boot documentation. - - - - - SYSTEMD_PACKAGES - - SYSTEMD_PACKAGES[doc] = "For recipes that inherit the systemd class, this variable locates the systemd unit files when they are not found in the main recipe's package." - - - - When inheriting the - systemd - class, this variable locates the systemd unit files when - they are not found in the main recipe's package. - By default, the - SYSTEMD_PACKAGES variable is set - such that the systemd unit files are assumed to reside in - the recipes main package: - - SYSTEMD_PACKAGES ?= "${PN}" - - - - - If these unit files are not in this recipe's main - package, you need to use - SYSTEMD_PACKAGES to list the package - or packages in which the build system can find the systemd - unit files. - - - - - SYSTEMD_SERVICE - - SYSTEMD_SERVICE[doc] = "For recipes that inherit the systemd class, this variable specifies the systemd service name for a package." - - - - When inheriting the - systemd - class, this variable specifies the systemd service name for - a package. - - - - When you specify this file in your recipe, use a package - name override to indicate the package to which the value - applies. - Here is an example from the connman recipe: - - SYSTEMD_SERVICE_${PN} = "connman.service" - - - - - - SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS - - SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS[doc] = "Specifies which virtual terminals should run a getty, the default is '1'." - - - - When using - SysVinit, - specifies a space-separated list of the virtual terminals - that should run a - getty - (allowing login), assuming - USE_VT - is not set to "0". - - - - The default value for - SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS is "1" - (i.e. only run a getty on the first virtual terminal). - - - - - - - T - - T - - T[doc] = "This variable points to a directory were BitBake places temporary files, which consist mostly of task logs and scripts, when building a particular recipe." - - - - This variable points to a directory were BitBake places - temporary files, which consist mostly of task logs and - scripts, when building a particular recipe. - The variable is typically set as follows: - - T = "${WORKDIR}/temp" - - - - - The WORKDIR - is the directory into which BitBake unpacks and builds the - recipe. - The default bitbake.conf file sets this variable. - The T variable is not to be confused with - the TMPDIR variable, - which points to the root of the directory tree where BitBake - places the output of an entire build. - - - - - TARGET_ARCH - - TARGET_ARCH[doc] = "The architecture of the device being built. The OpenEmbedded build system supports the following architectures: arm, mips, ppc, x86, x86-64." - - - - The target machine's architecture. - The OpenEmbedded build system supports many - architectures. - Here is an example list of architectures supported. - This list is by no means complete as the architecture - is configurable: - - arm - i586 - x86_64 - powerpc - powerpc64 - mips - mipsel - - - - - For additional information on machine architectures, see - the - TUNE_ARCH - variable. - - - - - TARGET_AS_ARCH - - TARGET_AS_ARCH[doc] = "Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target system." - - - - Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the - target system. - TARGET_AS_ARCH is initialized from - TUNE_ASARGS - by default in the BitBake configuration file - (meta/conf/bitbake.conf): - - TARGET_AS_ARCH = "${TUNE_ASARGS}" - - - - - - TARGET_CC_ARCH - - TARGET_CC_ARCH[doc] = "Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target system." - - - - Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the - target system. - TARGET_CC_ARCH is initialized from - TUNE_CCARGS - by default. - - It is a common workaround to append - LDFLAGS - to TARGET_CC_ARCH - in recipes that build software for the target that - would not otherwise respect the exported - LDFLAGS variable. - - - - - - TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH - - TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH[doc] = "This is a specific kernel compiler flag for a CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tune." - - - - This is a specific kernel compiler flag for a CPU or - Application Binary Interface (ABI) tune. - The flag is used rarely and only for cases where a - userspace - TUNE_CCARGS - is not compatible with the kernel compilation. - The TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH variable - allows the kernel (and associated modules) to use a - different configuration. - See the - meta/conf/machine/include/arm/feature-arm-thumb.inc - file in the - Source Directory - for an example. - - - - - TARGET_CFLAGS - - TARGET_CFLAGS[doc] = "Flags passed to the C compiler for the target system. This variable evaluates to the same as CFLAGS." - - - - Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building - for the target. - When building in the target context, - CFLAGS - is set to the value of this variable by default. - - - - Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets - the CFLAGS variable in the environment - to the TARGET_CFLAGS value so that - executables built using the SDK also have the flags - applied. - - - - - TARGET_CPPFLAGS - - TARGET_CPPFLAGS[doc] = "Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the C and the C++ compilers) when building for the target." - - - - Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor - (i.e. to both the C and the C++ compilers) when building - for the target. - When building in the target context, - CPPFLAGS - is set to the value of this variable by default. - - - - Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets - the CPPFLAGS variable in the - environment to the TARGET_CPPFLAGS - value so that executables built using the SDK also have - the flags applied. - - - - - TARGET_CXXFLAGS - - TARGET_CXXFLAGS[doc] = "Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the target." - - - - Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when - building for the target. - When building in the target context, - CXXFLAGS - is set to the value of this variable by default. - - - - Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets - the CXXFLAGS variable in the - environment to the TARGET_CXXFLAGS - value so that executables built using the SDK also have - the flags applied. - - - - - TARGET_FPU - - TARGET_FPU[doc] = "Specifies the method for handling FPU code. For FPU-less targets, which include most ARM CPUs, the variable must be set to 'soft'. If not, the kernel emulation gets used, which results in a performance penalty." - - - - Specifies the method for handling FPU code. - For FPU-less targets, which include most ARM CPUs, the variable must be - set to "soft". - If not, the kernel emulation gets used, which results in a performance penalty. - - - - - TARGET_LD_ARCH - - TARGET_LD_ARCH[doc] = "Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system." - - - - Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the - target system. - TARGET_LD_ARCH is initialized from - TUNE_LDARGS - by default in the BitBake configuration file - (meta/conf/bitbake.conf): - - TARGET_LD_ARCH = "${TUNE_LDARGS}" - - - - - - TARGET_LDFLAGS - - TARGET_LDFLAGS[doc] = "Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the target." - - - - Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building - for the target. - When building in the target context, - LDFLAGS - is set to the value of this variable by default. - - - - Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets - the - LDFLAGS - variable in the environment to the - TARGET_LDFLAGS value so that - executables built using the SDK also have the flags - applied. - - - - - TARGET_OS - - TARGET_OS[doc] = "Specifies the target's operating system." - - - - Specifies the target's operating system. - The variable can be set to "linux" for glibc-based systems - (GNU C Library) and to "linux-musl" for musl libc. - For ARM/EABI targets, "linux-gnueabi" and "linux-musleabi" - possible values exist. - - - - - TARGET_PREFIX - - TARGET_PREFIX[doc] = "The prefix used for the toolchain binary target tools." - - - - Specifies the prefix used for the toolchain binary target - tools. - - - - Depending on the type of recipe and the build target, - TARGET_PREFIX is set as follows: - - - For recipes building for the target machine, - the value is - "${TARGET_SYS}-". - - - For native recipes, the build system sets the - variable to the value of - BUILD_PREFIX. - - - For native SDK recipes - (nativesdk), the - build system sets the variable to the value of - SDK_PREFIX. - - - - - - - TARGET_SYS - - TARGET_SYS[doc] = "The target system is comprised of TARGET_ARCH,TARGET_VENDOR and TARGET_OS." - - - - Specifies the system, including the architecture and the - operating system, for which the build is occurring in - the context of the current recipe. - - - - The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this - variable based on - TARGET_ARCH, - TARGET_VENDOR, - and - TARGET_OS - variables. - - You do not need to set the - TARGET_SYS variable yourself. - - - - - Consider these two examples: - - - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit, x86 machine - running Linux, the value is "i686-linux". - - - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian, - MIPS target running Linux, the value might be - "mipsel-linux". - - - - - - - TARGET_VENDOR - - TARGET_VENDOR[doc] = "The name of the target vendor." - - - - Specifies the name of the target vendor. - - - - - TCLIBC - - TCLIBC[doc] = "Specifies GNU standard C library (libc) variant to use during the build process. You can select 'glibc', 'musl' or 'newlib'." - - - - Specifies the GNU standard C library - (libc) variant to use during the - build process. - This variable replaces POKYLIBC, - which is no longer supported. - - - - You can select "glibc", "musl", "newlib", or "baremetal" - - - - - TCLIBCAPPEND - - TCLIBCAPPEND[doc] = "Specifies a suffix appended to TMPDIR that identifies the libc variant for the build." - - - - Specifies a suffix to be appended onto the - TMPDIR - value. - The suffix identifies the libc variant - for building. - When you are building for multiple variants with the same - Build Directory, - this mechanism ensures that output for different - libc variants is kept separate to - avoid potential conflicts. - - - - In the defaultsetup.conf file, the - default value of TCLIBCAPPEND is - "-${TCLIBC}". - However, distros such as poky, which normally only support - one libc variant, set - TCLIBCAPPEND to "" in their distro - configuration file resulting in no suffix being applied. - - - - - TCMODE - - TCMODE[doc] = "Enables an external toolchain (where provided by an additional layer) if set to a value other than 'default'." - - - - Specifies the toolchain selector. - TCMODE controls the characteristics - of the generated packages and images by telling the - OpenEmbedded build system which toolchain profile to use. - By default, the OpenEmbedded build system builds its own - internal toolchain. - The variable's default value is "default", which uses - that internal toolchain. - - If TCMODE is set to a value - other than "default", then it is your responsibility - to ensure that the toolchain is compatible with the - default toolchain. - Using older or newer versions of these components - might cause build problems. - See the Release Notes for the Yocto Project release - for the specific components with which the toolchain - must be compatible. - To access the Release Notes, go to the - Downloads - page on the Yocto Project website and click on the - "RELEASE INFORMATION" link for the appropriate - release. - - - - - The TCMODE variable is similar to - TCLIBC, - which controls the variant of the GNU standard C library - (libc) used during the build process: - glibc or musl. - - - - With additional layers, it is possible to use a pre-compiled - external toolchain. - One example is the Sourcery G++ Toolchain. - The support for this toolchain resides in the separate - Mentor Graphics - meta-sourcery layer at - . - - - - The layer's README file contains - information on how to use the Sourcery G++ Toolchain as - an external toolchain. - In summary, you must be sure to add the layer to your - bblayers.conf file in front of the - meta layer and then set the - EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN - variable in your local.conf file - to the location in which you installed the toolchain. - - - - The fundamentals used for this example apply to any - external toolchain. - You can use meta-sourcery as a - template for adding support for other external toolchains. - - - - - TEST_EXPORT_DIR - - TEST_EXPORT_DIR[doc] = "The location the OpenEmbedded build system uses to export tests when the TEST_EXPORT_ONLY variable is set to "1"." - - - - The location the OpenEmbedded build system uses to export - tests when the - TEST_EXPORT_ONLY - variable is set to "1". - - - - The TEST_EXPORT_DIR variable defaults - to "${TMPDIR}/testimage/${PN}". - - - - - TEST_EXPORT_ONLY - - TEST_EXPORT_ONLY[doc] = "Specifies to export the tests only. Set this variable to "1" if you do not want to run the tests but you want them to be exported in a manner that you to run them outside of the build system." - - - - Specifies to export the tests only. - Set this variable to "1" if you do not want to run the - tests but you want them to be exported in a manner that - you to run them outside of the build system. - - - - - TEST_LOG_DIR - - TEST_LOG_DIR[doc] = "Holds the SSH log and the boot log for QEMU machines. The TEST_LOG_DIR variable defaults to "${WORKDIR}/testimage"." - - - - Holds the SSH log and the boot log for QEMU machines. - The TEST_LOG_DIR variable defaults - to "${WORKDIR}/testimage". - - Actual test results reside in the task log - (log.do_testimage), which is in - the ${WORKDIR}/temp/ directory. - - - - - - TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD - - TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD[doc] = "For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to control the power of the target machine under test" - - - - For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to - use to control the power of the target machine under test. - Typically, this command would point to a script that - performs the appropriate action (e.g. interacting - with a web-enabled power strip). - The specified command should expect to receive as the last - argument "off", "on" or "cycle" specifying to power off, - on, or cycle (power off and then power on) the device, - respectively. - - - - - TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS - - TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS[doc] = "For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to pass through to the command specified in TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD" - - - - For automated hardware testing, specifies additional - arguments to pass through to the command specified in - TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD. - Setting TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS - is optional. - You can use it if you wish, for example, to separate the - machine-specific and non-machine-specific parts of the - arguments. - - - - - TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT - - TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT[doc] = "The time in seconds allowed for an image to boot before automated runtime tests begin to run against an image." - - - - The time in seconds allowed for an image to boot before - automated runtime tests begin to run against an - image. - The default timeout period to allow the boot process to - reach the login prompt is 500 seconds. - You can specify a different value in the - local.conf file. - - - - For more information on testing images, see the - "Performing Automated Runtime Testing" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD - - TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD[doc] = "For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to connect to the serial console of the target machine under test." - - - - For automated hardware testing, specifies the command - to use to connect to the serial console of the target - machine under test. - This command simply needs to connect to the serial console - and forward that connection to standard input and output - as any normal terminal program does. - - - - For example, to use the Picocom terminal program on - serial device /dev/ttyUSB0 at - 115200bps, you would set the variable as follows: - - TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD = "picocom /dev/ttyUSB0 -b 115200" - - - - - - TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS - - TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS[doc] = "For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to pass through to the command specified in TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD." - - - - For automated hardware testing, specifies additional - arguments to pass through to the command specified in - TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD. - Setting TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS - is optional. - You can use it if you wish, for example, to separate the - machine-specific and non-machine-specific parts of the - command. - - - - - TEST_SERVER_IP - - TEST_SERVER_IP[doc] = "The IP address of the build machine (host machine). This IP address is usually automatically detected." - - - - The IP address of the build machine (host machine). - This IP address is usually automatically detected. - However, if detection fails, this variable needs to be set - to the IP address of the build machine (i.e. where - the build is taking place). - - The TEST_SERVER_IP variable - is only used for a small number of tests such as - the "dnf" test suite, which needs to download - packages from - WORKDIR/oe-rootfs-repo. - - - - - - TEST_TARGET - - TEST_TARGET[doc] = "For automated runtime testing, specifies the method of deploying the image and running tests on the target machine." - - - - Specifies the target controller to use when running tests - against a test image. - The default controller to use is "qemu": - - TEST_TARGET = "qemu" - - - - - A target controller is a class that defines how an - image gets deployed on a target and how a target is started. - A layer can extend the controllers by adding a module - in the layer's /lib/oeqa/controllers - directory and by inheriting the - BaseTarget class, which is an abstract - class that cannot be used as a value of - TEST_TARGET. - - - - You can provide the following arguments with - TEST_TARGET: - - "qemu": - Boots a QEMU image and runs the tests. - See the - "Enabling Runtime Tests on QEMU" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks - Manual for more information. - - "simpleremote": - Runs the tests on target hardware that is already - up and running. - The hardware can be on the network or it can be - a device running an image on QEMU. - You must also set - TEST_TARGET_IP - when you use "simpleremote". - - This argument is defined in - meta/lib/oeqa/controllers/simpleremote.py. - - - - - - - For information on running tests on hardware, see the - "Enabling Runtime Tests on Hardware" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - TEST_TARGET_IP - - TEST_TARGET_IP[doc] = "The IP address of your hardware under test." - - - - The IP address of your hardware under test. - The TEST_TARGET_IP variable has no - effect when - TEST_TARGET - is set to "qemu". - - - - When you specify the IP address, you can also include a - port. - Here is an example: - - TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.1.4:2201" - - Specifying a port is useful when SSH is started on a - non-standard port or in cases when your hardware under test - is behind a firewall or network that is not directly - accessible from your host and you need to do port address - translation. - - - - - TEST_SUITES - - TEST_SUITES[doc] = "An ordered list of tests (modules) to run against an image when performing automated runtime testing." - - - - An ordered list of tests (modules) to run against - an image when performing automated runtime testing. - - - - The OpenEmbedded build system provides a core set of tests - that can be used against images. - - Currently, there is only support for running these tests - under QEMU. - - Tests include ping, - ssh, df among - others. - You can add your own tests to the list of tests by - appending TEST_SUITES as follows: - - TEST_SUITES_append = " mytest" - - Alternatively, you can provide the "auto" option to - have all applicable tests run against the image. - - TEST_SUITES_append = " auto" - - Using this option causes the build system to automatically - run tests that are applicable to the image. - Tests that are not applicable are skipped. - - - - The order in which tests are run is important. - Tests that depend on another test must appear later in the - list than the test on which they depend. - For example, if you append the list of tests with two - tests (test_A and - test_B) where - test_B is dependent on - test_A, then you must order the tests - as follows: - - TEST_SUITES = " test_A test_B" - - - - - For more information on testing images, see the - "Performing Automated Runtime Testing" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - - - - - TESTIMAGE_AUTO - - TESTIMAGE_AUTO[doc] = "Enables automatic testing of an image once it is built." - - - - Automatically runs the series of automated tests for - images when an image is successfully built. - Setting TESTIMAGE_AUTO to "1" - causes any image that successfully builds to automatically - boot under QEMU. - Using the variable also adds in dependencies so that any - SDK for which testing is requested is automatically built - first. - - - - These tests are written in Python making use of the - unittest module, and the majority of - them run commands on the target system over - ssh. - You can set this variable to "1" in your - local.conf file in the - Build Directory - to have the OpenEmbedded build system automatically run - these tests after an image successfully builds: - - TESTIMAGE_AUTO = "1" - - For more information on enabling, running, and writing - these tests, see the - "Performing Automated Runtime Testing" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual and - the - "testimage*.bbclass" - section. - - - - - THISDIR - - THISDIR[doc] = "The directory in which the file BitBake is currently parsing is located." - - - - The directory in which the file BitBake is currently - parsing is located. - Do not manually set this variable. - - - - - TIME - - TIME[doc] = "The time the build was started using HMS format." - - - - The time the build was started. - Times appear using the hour, minute, and second (HMS) - format (e.g. "140159" for one minute and fifty-nine - seconds past 1400 hours). - - - - - TMPDIR - - TMPDIR[doc] = "The temporary directory the OpenEmbedded build system uses when it does its work building images. By default, the TMPDIR variable is named tmp within the Build Directory." - - - - This variable is the base directory the OpenEmbedded - build system uses for all build output and intermediate - files (other than the shared state cache). - By default, the TMPDIR variable points - to tmp within the - Build Directory. - - - - If you want to establish this directory in a location other - than the default, you can uncomment and edit the following - statement in the - conf/local.conf file in the - Source Directory: - - #TMPDIR = "${TOPDIR}/tmp" - - An example use for this scenario is to set - TMPDIR to a local disk, which does - not use NFS, while having the Build Directory use NFS. - - - - The filesystem used by TMPDIR must - have standard filesystem semantics (i.e. mixed-case files - are unique, POSIX file locking, and persistent inodes). - Due to various issues with NFS and bugs in some - implementations, NFS does not meet this minimum - requirement. - Consequently, TMPDIR cannot be on - NFS. - - - - - TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK - - TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK[doc] = "This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when building an SDK, which contains a cross-development environment." - - - - This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system - uses when building an SDK, which contains a - cross-development environment. - The packages specified by this variable are part of the - toolchain set that runs on the - SDKMACHINE, - and each package should usually have the prefix - nativesdk-. - For example, consider the following command when - building an SDK: - - $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename - - In this case, a default list of packages is set in this - variable, but you can add additional packages to the list. - See the - "Adding Individual Packages to the Standard SDK" - section in the Yocto Project Application Development and - the Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual - for more information. - - - - For background information on cross-development toolchains - in the Yocto Project development environment, see the - "Cross-Development Toolchain Generation" - section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. - For information on setting up a cross-development - environment, see the - Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) - manual. - - - - - TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME - - TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME[doc] = "Defines the name used for the toolchain output." - - - - This variable defines the name used for the toolchain - output. - The - populate_sdk_base - class sets the - TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME variable as - follows: - - TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME ?= "${SDK_NAME}-toolchain-${SDK_VERSION}" - - See the - SDK_NAME - and - SDK_VERSION - variables for additional information. - - - - - TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK - - TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK[doc] = "This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when it creates the target part of an SDK, which includes libraries and headers." - - - - This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system - uses when it creates the target part of an SDK - (i.e. the part built for the target hardware), which - includes libraries and headers. - Use this variable to add individual packages to the - part of the SDK that runs on the target. - See the - "Adding Individual Packages to the Standard SDK" - section in the Yocto Project Application Development and - the Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for - more information. - - - - For background information on cross-development toolchains - in the Yocto Project development environment, see the - "Cross-Development Toolchain Generation" - section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. - For information on setting up a cross-development - environment, see the - Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) - manual. - - - - - TOPDIR - - TOPDIR[doc] = "The Build Directory. BitBake automatically sets this variable. The OpenEmbedded build system uses the Build Directory when building images." - - - - The top-level - Build Directory. - BitBake automatically sets this variable when you - initialize your build environment using - &OE_INIT_FILE;. - - - - - TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH - - TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH[doc] = "A sanitized version of TARGET_ARCH. This variable is used where the architecture is needed in a value where underscores are not allowed." - - - - A sanitized version of - TARGET_ARCH. - This variable is used where the architecture is needed in - a value where underscores are not allowed, for example - within package filenames. - In this case, dash characters replace any underscore - characters used in TARGET_ARCH. - - - - Do not edit this variable. - - - - - TUNE_ARCH - - TUNE_ARCH[doc] = "The GNU canonical architecture for a specific architecture (i.e. arm, armeb, mips, mips64, and so forth)." - - - - The GNU canonical architecture for a specific architecture - (i.e. arm, - armeb, - mips, - mips64, and so forth). - BitBake uses this value to setup configuration. - - - - TUNE_ARCH definitions are specific to - a given architecture. - The definitions can be a single static definition, or - can be dynamically adjusted. - You can see details for a given CPU family by looking at - the architecture's README file. - For example, the - meta/conf/machine/include/mips/README - file in the - Source Directory - provides information for TUNE_ARCH - specific to the mips architecture. - - - - TUNE_ARCH is tied closely to - TARGET_ARCH, - which defines the target machine's architecture. - The BitBake configuration file - (meta/conf/bitbake.conf) sets - TARGET_ARCH as follows: - - TARGET_ARCH = "${TUNE_ARCH}" - - - - - The following list, which is by no means complete since - architectures are configurable, shows supported machine - architectures: - - arm - i586 - x86_64 - powerpc - powerpc64 - mips - mipsel - - - - - - TUNE_ASARGS - - TUNE_ASARGS[doc] = "Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target system." - - - - Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for - the target system. - The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. - TUNE_ASARGS is set using - the tune include files, which are typically under - meta/conf/machine/include/ and are - influenced through - TUNE_FEATURES. - For example, the - meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc - file defines the flags for the x86 architecture as follows: - - TUNE_ASARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-x32", "", d)}" - - - Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. - The selected tune, in turn, affects the tune variables - themselves (i.e. the tune can supply its own - set of flags). - - - - - - TUNE_CCARGS - - TUNE_CCARGS[doc] = "Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target system." - - - - Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for - the target system. - The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. - TUNE_CCARGS is set using - the tune include files, which are typically under - meta/conf/machine/include/ and are - influenced through - TUNE_FEATURES. - - Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. - The selected tune, in turn, affects the tune variables - themselves (i.e. the tune can supply its own - set of flags). - - - - - - TUNE_LDARGS - - TUNE_LDARGS[doc] = "Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system." - - - - Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for - the target system. - The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. - TUNE_LDARGS is set using - the tune include files, which are typically under - meta/conf/machine/include/ and are - influenced through - TUNE_FEATURES. - For example, the - meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc - file defines the flags for the x86 architecture as follows: - - TUNE_LDARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-m elf32_x86_64", "", d)}" - - - Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. - The selected tune, in turn, affects the tune variables - themselves (i.e. the tune can supply its own - set of flags). - - - - - - TUNE_FEATURES - - TUNE_FEATURES[doc] = "Features used to "tune" a compiler for optimal use given a specific processor." - - - - Features used to "tune" a compiler for optimal use - given a specific processor. - The features are defined within the tune files and allow - arguments (i.e. TUNE_*ARGS) to be - dynamically generated based on the features. - - - - The OpenEmbedded build system verifies the features - to be sure they are not conflicting and that they are - supported. - - - - The BitBake configuration file - (meta/conf/bitbake.conf) defines - TUNE_FEATURES as follows: - - TUNE_FEATURES ??= "${TUNE_FEATURES_tune-${DEFAULTTUNE}}" - - See the - DEFAULTTUNE - variable for more information. - - - - - TUNE_PKGARCH - - TUNE_PKGARCH[doc] = "The package architecture understood by the packaging system to define the architecture, ABI, and tuning of output packages." - - - - The package architecture understood by the packaging - system to define the architecture, ABI, and tuning of - output packages. - The specific tune is defined using the "_tune" override - as follows: - - TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-tune = "tune" - - - - - These tune-specific package architectures are defined in - the machine include files. - Here is an example of the "core2-32" tuning as used - in the - meta/conf/machine/include/tune-core2.inc - file: - - TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-core2-32 = "core2-32" - - - - - - TUNEABI - - TUNEABI[doc] = "An underlying ABI used by a particular tuning in a given toolchain layer. This feature allows providers using prebuilt libraries to check compatibility of a tuning against their selection of libraries." - - - - An underlying Application Binary Interface (ABI) used by - a particular tuning in a given toolchain layer. - Providers that use prebuilt libraries can use the - TUNEABI, - TUNEABI_OVERRIDE, - and - TUNEABI_WHITELIST - variables to check compatibility of tunings against their - selection of libraries. - - - - If TUNEABI is undefined, then every - tuning is allowed. - See the - sanity - class to see how the variable is used. - - - - - TUNEABI_OVERRIDE - - TUNEABI_OVERRIDE[doc] = "If set, ignores TUNEABI_WHITELIST." - - - - If set, the OpenEmbedded system ignores the - TUNEABI_WHITELIST - variable. - Providers that use prebuilt libraries can use the - TUNEABI_OVERRIDE, - TUNEABI_WHITELIST, - and - TUNEABI - variables to check compatibility of a tuning against their - selection of libraries. - - - - See the - sanity - class to see how the variable is used. - - - - - TUNEABI_WHITELIST - - TUNEABI_WHITELIST[doc] = "A whitelist of permissible TUNEABI values. If the variable is not set, all values are allowed." - - - - A whitelist of permissible - TUNEABI - values. - If TUNEABI_WHITELIST is not set, - all tunes are allowed. - Providers that use prebuilt libraries can use the - TUNEABI_WHITELIST, - TUNEABI_OVERRIDE, - and TUNEABI variables to check - compatibility of a tuning against their selection of - libraries. - - - - See the - sanity - class to see how the variable is used. - - - - - TUNECONFLICTS[feature] - - TUNECONFLICTS[doc] = "Specifies CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning features that conflict with specified feature." - - - - Specifies CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) - tuning features that conflict with feature. - - - - Known tuning conflicts are specified in the machine include - files in the - Source Directory. - Here is an example from the - meta/conf/machine/include/mips/arch-mips.inc - include file that lists the "o32" and "n64" features as - conflicting with the "n32" feature: - - TUNECONFLICTS[n32] = "o32 n64" - - - - - - TUNEVALID[feature] - - TUNEVALID[doc] = "Descriptions, stored as flags, of valid tuning features." - - - - Specifies a valid CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) - tuning feature. - The specified feature is stored as a flag. - Valid features are specified in the machine include files - (e.g. meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc). - Here is an example from that file: - - TUNEVALID[bigendian] = "Enable big-endian mode." - - - - - See the machine include files in the - Source Directory - for these features. - - - - - - - U - - UBOOT_CONFIG - - UBOOT_CONFIG[doc] = "Configures the UBOOT_MACHINE and can also define IMAGE_FSTYPES for individual cases." - - - - Configures the - UBOOT_MACHINE - and can also define - IMAGE_FSTYPES - for individual cases. - - - - Following is an example from the - meta-fsl-arm layer. - - UBOOT_CONFIG ??= "sd" - UBOOT_CONFIG[sd] = "mx6qsabreauto_config,sdcard" - UBOOT_CONFIG[eimnor] = "mx6qsabreauto_eimnor_config" - UBOOT_CONFIG[nand] = "mx6qsabreauto_nand_config,ubifs" - UBOOT_CONFIG[spinor] = "mx6qsabreauto_spinor_config" - - In this example, "sd" is selected as the configuration - of the possible four for the - UBOOT_MACHINE. - The "sd" configuration defines "mx6qsabreauto_config" - as the value for UBOOT_MACHINE, while - the "sdcard" specifies the - IMAGE_FSTYPES to use for the U-boot - image. - - - - For more information on how the - UBOOT_CONFIG is handled, see the - uboot-config - class. - - - - - UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS - - UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS[doc] = "Specifies the load address for the dtb." - - - - Specifies the load address for the dtb image used by U-boot. - During FIT image creation, the - UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS variable is used - in kernel-fitimage class to specify the - load address to be used in creating the dtb sections of - Image Tree Source for the FIT image. - - - - - UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS - - UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS[doc] = "Specifies the load address for the dtbo." - - - - Specifies the load address for the dtbo image used by U-boot. - During FIT image creation, the - UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS variable is used - in kernel-fitimage class to specify the - load address to be used in creating the dtbo sections of - Image Tree Source for the FIT image. - - - - - UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT - - UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT[doc] = "Specifies the entry point for the U-Boot image." - - - - Specifies the entry point for the U-Boot image. - During U-Boot image creation, the - UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT variable is passed - as a command-line parameter to the - uboot-mkimage utility. - - - - - UBOOT_LOADADDRESS - - UBOOT_LOADADDRESS[doc] = "Specifies the load address for the U-Boot image." - - - - Specifies the load address for the U-Boot image. - During U-Boot image creation, the - UBOOT_LOADADDRESS variable is passed - as a command-line parameter to the - uboot-mkimage utility. - - - - - UBOOT_LOCALVERSION - - UBOOT_LOCALVERSION[doc] = "Appends a string to the name of the local version of the U-Boot image." - - - - Appends a string to the name of the local version of the - U-Boot image. - For example, assuming the version of the U-Boot image - built was "2013.10", the full version string reported by - U-Boot would be "2013.10-yocto" given the following - statement: - - UBOOT_LOCALVERSION = "-yocto" - - - - - - UBOOT_MACHINE - - UBOOT_MACHINE[doc] = "Specifies the value passed on the make command line when building a U-Boot image." - - - - Specifies the value passed on the - make command line when building - a U-Boot image. - The value indicates the target platform configuration. - You typically set this variable from the machine - configuration file (i.e. - conf/machine/machine_name.conf). - - - - Please see the "Selection of Processor Architecture and - Board Type" section in the U-Boot README for valid values - for this variable. - - - - - UBOOT_MAKE_TARGET - - UBOOT_MAKE_TARGET[doc] = "Specifies the target called in the Makefile." - - - - Specifies the target called in the - Makefile. - The default target is "all". - - - - - UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS - - UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS[doc] = "Options for the device tree compiler passed to mkimage '-D' feature." - - - - Options for the device tree compiler passed to mkimage '-D' - feature while creating FIT image in - kernel-fitimage class. - - - - - UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS - - UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS[doc] = "Specifies the load address for the ramdisk image." - - - - Specifies the load address for the RAM disk image. - During FIT image creation, the - UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS variable is used - in kernel-fitimage class to specify the - load address to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for - the FIT image. - - - - - UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT - - UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT[doc] = "Specifies the entrypoint for the ramdisk image." - - - - Specifies the entrypoint for the RAM disk image. - During FIT image creation, the - UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT variable is used - in kernel-fitimage class to specify the - entrypoint to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for - the FIT image. - - - - - UBOOT_SUFFIX - - UBOOT_SUFFIX[doc] = "Points to the generated U-Boot extension." - - - - Points to the generated U-Boot extension. - For example, u-boot.sb has a - .sb extension. - - - - The default U-Boot extension is - .bin - - - - - UBOOT_SIGN_ENABLE - - UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR[doc] = "Enable signing of FIT image." - - - - Enable signing of FIT image. The default value is "0". - - - - - UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR - - UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR[doc] = "Location of the directory containing the RSA key and certificate used for signing FIT image." - - - - Location of the directory containing the RSA key and - certificate used for signing FIT image. - - - - - UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME - - UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME[doc] = "The name of keys used for signing U-boot FIT image" - - - - The name of keys used for signing U-boot FIT image stored in - UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR - directory. For e.g. dev.key key and dev.crt certificate - stored in - UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR - directory will have - UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME - set to "dev". - - - - - UBOOT_TARGET - - UBOOT_TARGET[doc] = "Specifies the target used for building U-Boot." - - - - Specifies the target used for building U-Boot. - The target is passed directly as part of the "make" command - (e.g. SPL and AIS). - If you do not specifically set this variable, the - OpenEmbedded build process passes and uses "all" for the - target during the U-Boot building process. - - - - - UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST - - UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST[doc] = "Specifies a list of options that, if reported by the configure script as being invalid, should not generate a warning during the do_configure task." - - - - Specifies a list of options that, if reported by the - configure script as being invalid, should not generate a - warning during the - do_configure - task. - Normally, invalid configure options are simply not passed - to the configure script (e.g. should be removed from - EXTRA_OECONF - or - PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS). - However, common options, for example, exist that are passed - to all configure scripts at a class level that might not - be valid for some configure scripts. - It follows that no benefit exists in seeing a warning about - these options. - For these cases, the options are added to - UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST. - - - - The configure arguments check that uses - UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST is part - of the - insane - class and is only enabled if the recipe inherits the - autotools - class. - - - - - UPDATERCPN - - UPDATERCPN[doc] = "Specifies the package that contains the initscript that is enabled." - - - - For recipes inheriting the - update-rc.d - class, UPDATERCPN specifies - the package that contains the initscript that is - enabled. - - - - The default value is "${PN}". - Given that almost all recipes that install initscripts - package them in the main package for the recipe, you - rarely need to set this variable in individual recipes. - - - - - UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX - - UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX[doc] = "Filters relevant Git tags when fetching source from an upstream Git repository." - - - - You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest - upstream source code version is by calling - bitbake -c checkpkg recipe. - If the recipe source code is provided from Git - repositories, the OpenEmbedded build system determines the - latest upstream version by picking the latest tag from the - list of all repository tags. - - - - You can use the - UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX - variable to provide a regular expression to filter only the - relevant tags should the default filter not work - correctly. - - UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX = "git_tag_regex" - - - - - - UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX - - UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX[doc] = "The regular expression the package checking system uses to parse the page pointed to by UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI." - - - - Use the UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX variable - to specify a different regular expression instead of the - default one when the package checking system is parsing - the page found using - UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI. - - UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX = "package_regex" - - - - - - UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI - - UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI[doc] = "The URL used by the package checking system to get the latest version of the package when source files are fetched from an upstream Git repository." - - - - You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest - upstream source code version is by calling - bitbake -c checkpkg recipe. - If the source code is provided from tarballs, the latest - version is determined by fetching the directory listing - where the tarball is and attempting to find a later tarball. - When this approach does not work, you can use - UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI to - provide a different URI that contains the link to the - latest tarball. - - UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI = "recipe_url" - - - - - - USE_DEVFS - - USE_DEVFS[doc] = "Determines if devtmpfs is used for /dev population." - - - - Determines if devtmpfs is used for - /dev population. - The default value used for USE_DEVFS - is "1" when no value is specifically set. - Typically, you would set USE_DEVFS - to "0" for a statically populated /dev - directory. - - - - See the - "Selecting a Device Manager" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for - information on how to use this variable. - - - - - USE_VT - - USE_VT[doc] = "When using SysVinit, determines whether or not to run a getty on any virtual terminals in order to enable logging in through those terminals." - - - - When using - SysVinit, - determines whether or not to run a - getty - on any virtual terminals in order to enable logging in - through those terminals. - - - - The default value used for USE_VT - is "1" when no default value is specifically set. - Typically, you would set USE_VT - to "0" in the machine configuration file for machines - that do not have a graphical display attached and - therefore do not need virtual terminal functionality. - - - - - USER_CLASSES - - USER_CLASSES[doc] = "List of additional classes to use when building images that enable extra features." - - - - A list of classes to globally inherit. - These classes are used by the OpenEmbedded build system - to enable extra features (e.g. - buildstats, - image-mklibs, and so forth). - - - - The default list is set in your - local.conf file: - - USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink" - - For more information, see - meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample in - the - Source Directory. - - - - - USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC - - USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC[doc] = "If set to 'error', forces the OpenEmbedded build system to produce an error if the user identification (uid) and group identification (gid) values are not defined in any of the files listed in USERADD_UID_TABLES and USERADD_GID_TABLES. If set to 'warn', a warning will be issued instead." - - - - - If set to error, forces the - OpenEmbedded build system to produce an error if the user - identification (uid) and group - identification (gid) values are not - defined in any of the files listed - in USERADD_UID_TABLES - and USERADD_GID_TABLES. If - set to warn, a warning will be issued - instead. - - - - The default behavior for the build system is to dynamically - apply uid and - gid values. - Consequently, the USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC - variable is by default not set. - If you plan on using statically assigned - gid and uid - values, you should set - the USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC variable in - your local.conf file as - follows: - - USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC = "error" - - Overriding the default behavior implies you are going to - also take steps to set static uid and - gid values through use of the - USERADDEXTENSION, - USERADD_UID_TABLES, - and - USERADD_GID_TABLES - variables. - - - - There is a difference in behavior between - setting USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC - to error and setting it - to warn. When it is set - to warn, the build system will report a - warning for every undefined uid and - gid in any recipe. But when it is set - to error, it will only report errors - for recipes that are actually built. This saves you from - having to add static IDs for recipes that you know will - never be built. - - - - - USERADD_GID_TABLES - - USERADD_GID_TABLES[doc] = "Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static group identification (gid) values when the OpenEmbedded build system adds a group to the system during package installation." - - - - Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static - group identification (gid) values - when the OpenEmbedded build system adds a group to the - system during package installation. - - - - When applying static group identification - (gid) values, the OpenEmbedded build - system looks in - BBPATH - for a files/group file and then applies - those uid values. - Set the variable as follows in your - local.conf file: - - USERADD_GID_TABLES = "files/group" - - - - - Setting the - USERADDEXTENSION - variable to "useradd-staticids" causes the build system - to use static gid values. - - - - - USERADD_PACKAGES - - USERADD_PACKAGES[doc] = "When a recipe inherits the useradd class, this variable specifies the individual packages within the recipe that require users and/or groups to be added." - - - - When inheriting the - useradd - class, this variable - specifies the individual packages within the recipe that - require users and/or groups to be added. - - - - You must set this variable if the recipe inherits the - class. - For example, the following enables adding a user for the - main package in a recipe: - - USERADD_PACKAGES = "${PN}" - - - It follows that if you are going to use the - USERADD_PACKAGES variable, - you need to set one or more of the - USERADD_PARAM, - GROUPADD_PARAM, - or - GROUPMEMS_PARAM - variables. - - - - - - - USERADD_PARAM - - USERADD_PARAM[doc] = "When a recipe inherits the useradd class, this variable specifies for a package what parameters should pass to the useradd command if you add a user to the system when the package is installed." - - - - When inheriting the - useradd - class, this variable - specifies for a package what parameters should pass - to the useradd command - if you add a user to the system when the package - is installed. - - - - Here is an example from the dbus - recipe: - - USERADD_PARAM_${PN} = "--system --home ${localstatedir}/lib/dbus \ - --no-create-home --shell /bin/false \ - --user-group messagebus" - - For information on the standard Linux shell command - useradd, see - . - - - - - USERADD_UID_TABLES - - USERADD_UID_TABLES[doc] = "Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static user identification (uid) values when the OpenEmbedded build system adds a user to the system during package installation." - - - - Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static - user identification (uid) values - when the OpenEmbedded build system adds a user to the - system during package installation. - - - - When applying static user identification - (uid) values, the OpenEmbedded build - system looks in - BBPATH - for a files/passwd file and then applies - those uid values. - Set the variable as follows in your - local.conf file: - - USERADD_UID_TABLES = "files/passwd" - - - - - Setting the - USERADDEXTENSION - variable to "useradd-staticids" causes the build system - to use static uid values. - - - - - USERADDEXTENSION - - USERADDEXTENSION[doc] = "When set to 'useradd-staticids', causes the OpenEmbedded build system to base all user and group additions on a static passwd and group files found in BBPATH." - - - - When set to "useradd-staticids", causes the - OpenEmbedded build system to base all user and group - additions on a static - passwd and - group files found in - BBPATH. - - - - To use static user identification (uid) - and group identification (gid) - values, set the variable - as follows in your local.conf file: - - USERADDEXTENSION = "useradd-staticids" - - - Setting this variable to use static - uid and gid - values causes the OpenEmbedded build system to employ - the - useradd-staticids - class. - - - - - If you use static uid and - gid information, you must also - specify the files/passwd and - files/group files by setting the - USERADD_UID_TABLES - and - USERADD_GID_TABLES - variables. - Additionally, you should also set the - USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC - variable. - - - - - - - V - - VOLATILE_LOG_DIR - - VOLATILE_LOG_DIR[doc] = "Specifies the persistence of the target's /var/log directory, which is used to house postinstall target log files." - - - - Specifies the persistence of the target's - /var/log directory, which is used to - house postinstall target log files. - - - - By default, VOLATILE_LOG_DIR is set - to "yes", which means the file is not persistent. - You can override this setting by setting the - variable to "no" to make the log directory persistent. - - - - - - - W - - WARN_QA - - WARN_QA[doc] = "Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as warnings by the OpenEmbedded build system." - - - - Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are - reported as warnings by the OpenEmbedded build system. - You set this variable in your distribution configuration - file. - For a list of the checks you can control with this variable, - see the - "insane.bbclass" - section. - - - - - WKS_FILE_DEPENDS - - WKS_FILE_DEPENDS[doc] = "Lists a recipe's build-time dependencies specific to Wic." - - - - When placed in the recipe that builds your image, this - variable lists build-time dependencies. - The WKS_FILE_DEPENDS variable is only - applicable when Wic images are active (i.e. when - IMAGE_FSTYPES - contains entries related to Wic). - If your recipe does not create Wic images, the variable - has no effect. - - - - The WKS_FILE_DEPENDS variable is - similar to the - DEPENDS - variable. - When you use the variable in your recipe that builds the - Wic image, dependencies you list in the - WIC_FILE_DEPENDS variable are added to - the DEPENDS variable. - - - - With the WKS_FILE_DEPENDS variable, - you have the possibility to specify a list of additional - dependencies (e.g. native tools, bootloaders, and so forth), - that are required to build Wic images. - Following is an example: - - WKS_FILE_DEPENDS = "some-native-tool" - - In the previous example, - some-native-tool would be - replaced with an actual native tool on which the build - would depend. - - - - - WKS_FILE - - WKS_FILE[doc] = "Specifies the name of the wic kickstart file." - - - - Specifies the location of the Wic - kickstart file that is used by the OpenEmbedded build - system to create a partitioned image - (image.wic). - For information on how to create a partitioned image, see - the - "Creating Partitioned Images Using Wic" - section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. - For details on the kickstart file format, see the - "OpenEmbedded Kickstart (.wks) Reference" - Chapter. - - - - - WORKDIR - - WORKDIR[doc] = "The pathname of the working directory in which the OpenEmbedded build system builds a recipe. This directory is located within the TMPDIR directory structure and changes as different packages are built." - - - - The pathname of the work directory in which the OpenEmbedded - build system builds a recipe. - This directory is located within the - TMPDIR - directory structure and is specific to the recipe being - built and the system for which it is being built. - - - - The WORKDIR directory is defined as - follows: - - ${TMPDIR}/work/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR} - - The actual directory depends on several things: - - TMPDIR: - The top-level build output directory - MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS: - The target system identifier - PN: - The recipe name - EXTENDPE: - The epoch - (if - PE - is not specified, which is usually the case for most - recipes, then EXTENDPE is blank) - PV: - The recipe version - PR: - The recipe revision - - - - - As an example, assume a Source Directory top-level folder - name poky, a default Build Directory at - poky/build, and a - qemux86-poky-linux machine target - system. - Furthermore, suppose your recipe is named - foo_1.3.0-r0.bb. - In this case, the work directory the build system uses to - build the package would be as follows: - - poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0 - - - - - - - - X - - XSERVER - - XSERVER[doc] = "Specifies the packages that should be installed to provide an X server and drivers for the current machine." - - - - Specifies the packages that should be installed to - provide an X server and drivers for the current machine, - assuming your image directly includes - packagegroup-core-x11-xserver or, - perhaps indirectly, includes "x11-base" in - IMAGE_FEATURES. - - - - The default value of XSERVER, if not - specified in the machine configuration, is - "xserver-xorg xf86-video-fbdev xf86-input-evdev". - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- cgit v1.2.3-54-g00ecf